Skip to main content

Full text of "As I Saw It"

See other formats


AmericanFoundation 

ForTHEBUNDinc. 


R  <t.l 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/asisawitOOrobe 


AS   I   SAW   IT 


IX.  D.^/a^v^a-^vi 


FOREWORD    BY 

MAJOR  M.  C.  MIGEL 


J955 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 

NEW   YORK 


COPYRIGHT    1955 

AMERICAN    FOUNDATION    FOR    THE    BLIND,    INC. 

15  WEST  I  6th  STREET 

NEW  YORK  I  I,  N.  Y. 


///  if? 


<L 


PRINTED   IN  THE   UNITED   STATES   OF   AMERICA 
THE    WILLIAM    BYRD    PRESS,   INC. 


CONTENTS 

FOREWORD,  BY  MAJOR  M.  C.  MIGEL  vii 

the  war  of  the  dots  i 

progress  in  braille  embossing 

since  1900  57 

libraries  for  the  blind  6j 

the  talking  book  83 

periodicals  for  the  blind  109 

education  of  the  blind  125 

earning  a  living  without  benefit  of 

SIGHT  145 

THE  IMPORTANCE  OF  POWER  TO  MOVE  ABOUT 

AT  WILL  167 

THE  FIGHT  FOR  SOCIAL  SECURITY  177 

THE  AMERICAN  FOUNDATION   FOR  THE  BLIND         187 


FOREWORD 

This  small  volume  has  been  published  by  the  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind  with  a  dual  purpose — to  honor 
the  memory  of  Dr.  Robert  B.  Irwin  and  the  splendid 
work  which  he  accomplished — and  to  present  a  picture 
of  some  phases  of  work  for  the  blind  and  of  the  activities 
of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind. 

I  have  been  requested  to  write  a  Foreword  in  view  of 
my  very  close  association  and  collaboration  with  Dr. 
Irwin,  a  remarkably  fine,  outstandingly  able  man,  and  an 
unusual  character. 

It  happens  that  for  twenty-three  years  I  was  President 
of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind,  of  which  Dr. 
Irwin  was  Director  of  Research  and  Education  from 
1923  to  1929  and  Executive  Director  from  the  year  1929 
to  his  retirement. 

I  distinctly  remember  a  meeting  in  1923  in  Overbrook, 
Pennsylvania  when  the  engagement  of  Dr.  Irwin  was 
under  consideration  at  a  board  meeting.  One  of  the 
trustees  of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  at 
that  time,  charming  Miss  Prudence  Sherwin  of  Cleve- 
land, who  was  acquainted  with  Dr.  Irwin  and  his  fine 
work  in  Cleveland,  informed  us  that  if  we  engaged  him, 
he  would  have  to  have  at  least  two  secretaries  to  keep  up 
with  his  labors.  I  remember  remarking  that  we  were  not 
in  position  then  to  grant  him  this,  whereupon  Miss  Sher- 
win said,  "Don't  worry,  he  will  secure  what  he  thinks 
he  should  have." 


FOREWORD 

Miss  Sherwin  then  told  us  that  when  Dr.  Irwin  came 
to  Cleveland  some  years  previously,  he  fell  in  love  with 
a  beautiful  sighted  girl,  who  had  many  admirers  and 
everyone  discouraged  him  from  pressing  his  suit,  feeling 
that  she  would  not  accept.  "However,"  continued  Miss 
Sherwin,  "he  would  not  be  dissuaded,  and  they  have 
been  married  for  some  time  now." 

As  to  secretaries,  he  certainly  required  and  had  two 
or  three  assistants  long  before  the  time  he  retired. 

In  the  fifty  years  or  more  of  my  experience  in  work 
for  the  blind,  and  throughout  my  close  contact  with 
workers  in  the  field,  including  many  blind  people,  I 
would  say  that  Dr.  Irwin  and  his  achievements  were 
outstanding  and  will  occupy  a  tremendously  important 
niche  in  the  history  of  work  for  the  blind. 

He  was  a  persevering  and  indefatigable  worker,  and 
when  he  once  decided  on  a  certain  procedure,  he  never 
swerved  from  his  course  until  he  had  arrived  at  a  suc- 
cessful issue. 

Dr.  Irwin  spent  himself  in  planning  and  furthering  one 
idea  after  another  for  the  benefit  of  his  fellow  blind — 
conservation  of  sight,  education,  gainful  employment, 
financial  assistance,  legislation,  etc.  He  exhausted  his 
abundant  energies  in  ceaseless  and  untiring  labors  for  the 
blind. 

Some  of  his  contemplated  projects  at  first  seemed 
fantastic  dreams,  but  diligently  pursued  by  Dr.  Irwin 
and  brought  to  fruition,  they  ultimately  proved  of  inesti- 
mable value.  Such  a  project  was  the  Talking  Book, 
which  proved  to  be  one  of  the  greatest  blessings  bestowed 
upon  the  blind  in  the  last  century,  and  as  important  in 
their  lives  as  the  system  originated  by  Louis  Braille.  This 
is  especially  so  as  in  recent  years  blindness  has  been 


FOREWORD 

most  prevalent  among  the  aged,  who  have  lost  finger- 
sensitivity  and  find  it  difficult  and  often  impossible  to 
learn  to  read  braille. 

The  Talking  Book  is  only  one  of  the  many  projects 
which  Dr.  Irwin  envisioned  and  in  the  development  of 
which  he  was  of  tremendous  assistance. 

It  was  Dr.  Irwin's  idea  that  a  blind  person  and  guide 
should  be  enabled  to  travel  for  one  single  fare  on  rail- 
roads and  buses.  To  bring  this  about  involved  a  great 
deal  of  labor,  negotiations  with  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission,  the  federal  authorities  in  Washington,  and 
with  the  various  transportation  lines,  many  of  them  with 
regional  centers  scattered  throughout  the  country.  But 
after  years  of  unremitting  effort  on  the  part  of  Dr.  Irwin, 
an  arrangement  was  finally  effectuated  and  has  been  in 
operation  for  many  years,  enabling  thousands  of  blind 
persons  and  their  guides  to  travel  for  a  single  fare. 

Dr.  Irwin  conceived  the  idea  of  suggesting  to  Con- 
gress that  all  the  federal  departments  purchase  from 
workshops  for  the  blind  such  of  their  supplies  as  are  made 
by  the  blind,  at  a  fair  market  price.  He  appeared  at  many 
hearings  in  Washington,  and  finally,  to  consummate  this 
plan,  Congress  passed  the  Wagner-O'Day  Act,  thus 
creating  a  tremendous  amount  of  gainful  employment 
for  the  blind.  Blind-made  products  of  the  value  of  some 
millions  of  dollars  have  been  sold  to  the  government  in 
several  years. 

Dr.  Irwin  planned  and  directed  the  World  Conference 
on  Work  for  the  Blind,  which  was  held  in  New  York 
City  in  193 1,  and  attended  by  delegates  from  forty-six 
countries  throughout  the  world.  He  was  also  Chairman 
of  the  Organizing  Committee  for  the  International  Con- 


FOREWORD 

ference  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  in  Oxford,  England 
in  1949. 

Although  totally  blind,  Dr.  Irwin  traveled  alone  ex- 
tensively, by  air  and  by  rail,  and  he  seemed  physically 
inexhaustible.  He  had  a  keen  sense  of  humor,  which 
helped  him  and  us  through  occasional  difficult  and  trou- 
bled waters. 

He  had  set  his  heart  on  writing,  after  his  retirement, 
a  history  of  work  for  the  blind,  which  he  planned  to  call 
Fifty  Years  of  Progress,  in  which  he  had,  indeed,  played 
a  tremendously  important  part.  Unfortunately,  after 
writing  the  ten  chapters  contained  in  this  brief  volume, 
he  was  suddenly  stricken  and  called  to  the  Great  Be- 
yond, so  that  the  book  which  he  contemplated  was  not 
completed. 

These  chapters  are  published  in  his  memory  and  as  a 
slight  tribute  to  the  magnificent  projects  which  he  en- 
visioned and  brought  to  fruition  for  the  benefit  of  his 
fellow-blind.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  book  was  not 
finished,  it  seemed  fitting  to  change  the  title,  which  Dr. 
Irwin  had  chosen,  to  As  I  Saw  It. 

M.  C.  Migel,  Chairman  of  the  Board 

AMERICAN  FOUNDATION  FOR  THE  BLIND 


THE   WAR 
OF   THE   DOTS 


The  long  struggle  to  achieve  a  uniform  type  for  the  blind 
will  be  remembered  by  anyone  who  was  active  in  work  for 
the  blind  in  the  final  years  of  the  nineteenth  century  and 
the  first  three  decades  of  the  twentieth.  At  the  height  of 
the  struggle,  one  outstanding  educator  of  the  blind,  Dr.  Olin 
H.  Burritt,  said  of  the  situation,  "The  conflict  was  acrimoni- 
ous in  the  extreme.  The  bitterness  can  hardly  be  imagined^ 

Dr.  Irwin,  although  too  young  to  be  involved  in  the  first 
violent  battles,  was  a  spectator  watching  and  waiting  for 
his  turn.  He  soon  became  an  active  participant  in  the  delib- 
erations, and  finally,  he  was  in  the  forefront  among  the 
American  delegation  that  successfully  brought  about  the 
establishment  of  Standard  English  braille  for  all  English- 
speaking  countries  in  London  in  1932. 

These  developments  made  Dr.  Irwin  feel  that  his  history 
of  work  for  the  blind  must  begin  with  the  story  of  the  de- 
velopment of  a  uniform  type  for  the  blind,  even  though 
his  plans  for  the  book  had  certain  limitations  as  to  the  period 
of  time  to  be  covered. 


ocial  workers  often  complain  that  blind 
people  are  a  difficult  lot  to  deal  with.  When 
one  considers  how  cheerfully  most  of  them 
have  adjusted  themselves  within  the  span 
of  a  single  lifetime  to  such  changes  in  their 
reading  codes  as  from  Boston  linetype  to 
New  York  Point,  New  York  Point  to  American  braille, 
American  braille  to  Revised  braille  grade  1 1/2 ,  and  finally 
from  grade  1 1/2  to  grade  2,  it  must  be  admitted  that  sweet 
reasonableness  must  characterize  a  large  percentage  of 
finger  readers.  What  an  outcry  would  be  heard  in  this 
country  if  the  seeing  public  had  been  forced  to  make  a 
similar  series  of  accommodations! 

While  it  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  book  to  go  into 
history  of  work  for  the  blind  much  before  1900,  some 
account  of  the  origin  of  types  for  the  blind  in  the  United 
States  will  not  be  out  of  place. 

The  founders  of  schools  for  the  blind  in  this  country 
turned  to  Europe  for  special  appliances  and  special  meth- 
ods. In  the  early  i830,s  when  the  three  mother  schools 
for  the  blind  were  founded  in  Boston,  New  York  and 
Philadelphia,  the  common  type  in  official  use  on  the  other 
side  of  the  Atlantic  was  embossed  Roman  letters  more 
or  less  simplified  to  make  them  more  tangible.  Their  vir- 
tue as  compared  with  arbitrary  codes  seemed  to  be  that 
they  could  be  read  by  sight  by  the  seeing  teachers  with 
no  special  instruction.  Furthermore,  it  was  contended 
that  the  blind  people,  by  using  a  type  similar  to  that  of 

3 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

their  seeing  associates,  were  set  less  apart  from  the  rest 
of  the  world. 

While  Louis  Braille  had  already  published  an  exposi- 
tion of  his  dot  system  in  1829,  it  had  no  official  standing 
anywhere  and  it  is  not  clear  that  our  earliest  American 
pioneers  knew  anything  about  this  code.  However,  in 
i860,  Dr.  Simon  Pollak,  a  member  of  the  Board  of  the 
Missouri  School  for  the  Blind,  who  had  observed  the  sys- 
tem in  use  in  Europe,  brought  it  back  to  America  with 
him  and  caused  it  to  be  officially  adopted  by  this  school. 

In  the  early  1860's  William  Bell  Wait,  then  a  teacher 
and  superintendent  of  the  New  York  Institution  for  the 
Blind,  as  it  was  then  called,  realized  that  a  considerable 
portion  of  blind  children  had  great  difficulty  in  learning 
to  read  embossed  Roman  letters  and  a  still  higher  per- 
centage of  those  blinded  in  adult  life  could  not  learn  to 
read  it  at  all.  Accordingly,  he  turned  his  attention  to  the 
promotion  of  some  dot  code  that  would  be  more  tangible. 
In  Philadelphia,  Roman  letters  printed  with  dotted  lines 
were  being  used  to  some  extent,  but  it  was  not  practical 
for  blind  people  to  write  embossed  Roman  letters  whether 
smooth  or  dotted. 

Mr.  Wait  writes  that  he  first  asked  the  heads  of  schools 
for  the  blind  in  Boston  and  Philadelphia  to  join  him  in 
supplanting  the  Roman  letters  with  Braille's  code  which 
was  in  use  at  the  Missouri  School  for  the  Blind  in  St. 
Louis.  As  he  received  no  encouragement  from  his  col- 
leagues he  turned  his  attention  to  the  perfecting  of  a  dot 
code  which  he  felt  would  be  even  superior  to  braille  and 
published  it  in  1868. 

This  system,  New  York  Point,  was  endorsed  and  rec- 
ommended for  use  in  the  schools  for  the  blind  in  the 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

United  States  at  the  meeting  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Instructors  of  the  Blind  in  1 87 1 . 

The  braille  system  consists  of  arbitrary  characters 
standing  for  the  letters  of  the  alphabet,  numerals,  punc- 
tuation, etc.  All  of  these  characters  can  be  made  with  one 
or  more  dots  punched  in  what  is  known  as  a  braille  cell, 
two  dots  in  width  and  three  dots  in  height.  As  on  the 
typewriter,  each  letter  takes  the  same  amount  of  space. 

Mr.  Wait,  on  the  other  hand,  felt  that  braille  was 
wasteful  of  space  and  so  he  developed  a  system  of  arbi- 
trary characters  occupying  a  space  two  dots  high  and 
extending  horizontally  to  one,  two,  three  or  four  dots  in 
width.  This  type  had  what  is  known  as  a  variable  base, 
that  is,  a  letter  one  dot  wide  used  only  one  dot  in  width; 
a  letter  two  dots  wide  used  only  two  dots  in  width;  and 
a  letter  three  dots  wide  used  three  dots  in  width,  etc.  This 
resulted  in  a  definite  saving  of  space.  However,  lower 
case  letters  in  New  York  Point  were  converted  into  capi- 
tals by  a  complicated  system  of  adding  dots  under  certain 
conditions,  to  make  the  letter  four  dots  wide.  This  was 
so  cumbersome  that  publishers  almost  never  used  capitals 
in  their  books. 

When  Louis  Braille  assigned  a  significance  to  a  braille 
character  he  did  not  take  into  account  the  relative  fre- 
quency of  recurrence  of  that  letter.  For  instance  the 
character  for  "t"  contains  four  dots  and  the  character 
for  "a"  contains  but  one  dot  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the 
letter  "t"  occurs  in  most  languages  more  frequently  than 
the  letter  "a." 

This  deficiency  encouraged  still  another  American  to 
work  on  a  dot  system  that  would  be  superior  to  Braille's 
original  code.  Joel  W.  Smith,  a  blind  piano  tuning  teacher 
at  Perkins  Institution  for  the  Blind  in  Boston,  felt  that 

5 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

letters  made  in  a  cell  three  dots  high  and  two  dots  wide 
could  be  read  more  easily  and  written  more  rapidly  than 
Mr.  Wait's  New  York  Point  system.  In  order  to  gain  for 
a  system  written  in  the  braille  cell  some  of  the  advantages 
claimed  for  New  York  Point  he  worked  out  a  rearrange- 
ment of  Louis  Braille's  characters.  To  save  effort  in  writ- 
ing he  assigned  the  characters  having  the  fewest  dots  to 
the  letters  recurring  with  the  highest  frequency  in  the 
English  language.  To  keep  down  the  bulkiness  of  em- 
bossed books  he  evolved  a  set  of  word  contractions,  as- 
signing characters  to  them  on  the  same  frequency  of 
recurrence  principle.  This  new  type  he  called  Modified 
braille.  Smith  expounded  his  system  before  the  American 
Association  of  Instructors  of  the  Blind  in  1878.  How- 
ever, New  York  Point  was  already  the  officially  adopted 
type  of  the  association.  Mr.  Wait  and  his  friends  gave 
the  young  mild-mannered  Smith  pretty  harsh  treatment 
at  this  meeting. 

Modified  braille  was  used  more  or  less  by  the  pupils  of 
Perkins  Institution  but  little  more  was  heard  of  it  outside 
of  Boston  for  another  decade.  The  official  type  at  Perkins 
remained  the  simplified  Roman  alphabet,  commonly 
called  Boston  linetype,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  it  was 
difficult  to  feel  and  impracticable  for  the  blind  to  write. 

Louis  Braille's  system  made  little  more  progress  out- 
side of  Missouri  than  did  Modified  braille.  Blind  pupils 
in  some  of  the  schools,  notably  in  Illinois,  used  it  for 
personal  purposes  but  officially  it  was  frowned  upon  as 
being  an  heretical  competitor  of  the  orthodox  New  York 
Point  and  the  appliances  for  writing  it  were  confiscated 
by  the  school  authorities. 

In  1 890  there  came  onto  the  type  scene  as  superintend- 
ent of  the  Pennsylvania  Institution  for  the  Instruction  of 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

the  Blind  in  Philadelphia,  a  young  man  who  was  destined 
to  play  a  stellar  role  in  the  whole  type  controversy.  He 
was  Edward  E.  Allen  who  had  formerly  taught  in  the 
Royal  Normal  College  for  the  Blind  in  London  where  an 
English  adaptation  of  Louis  Braille's  system  was  in  use. 
From  London  he  had  gone  to  Boston  as  a  teacher  in  Per- 
kins Institution.  There  he  became  familiar  with  Smith's 
Modified  braille  which  was  in  use  for  manuscript  pur- 
poses. He  liked  the  scientific  basis  on  which  ordinary 
lower  case  letters  could  be  converted  into  capitals  by  pre- 
fixing two  dots  in  the  bottom  of  the  preceding  cell. 

Mr.  Allen  found  New  York  Point  in  official  use  at 
Philadelphia  when  he  arrived  there.  Though,  as  he  said, 
the  teachers  did  not  like  the  system,  he  retained  it  for  two 
years  because  it  was  the  only  dot  type  in  which  books 
could  be  obtained  from  the  government-supported 
American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind. 

In  1892  a  group  of  seven  or  more  superintendents  of 
schools  for  the  blind  met  at  the  time  of  the  Brantford, 
Ontario,  convention  of  the  American  Association  of  In- 
structors of  the  Blind  under  the  chairmanship  of  Michael 
Anagnos,  Director  of  Perkins  Institution.  This  group  was 
dissatisfied  with  New  York  Point  and  decided  to  adopt 
some  form  of  braille.  They  appointed  a  subcommittee 
consisting  of  Dr.  John  T.  Sibley  of  the  Missouri  School 
for  the  Blind,  Joel  W.  Smith  and  Edward  E.  Allen,  to  de- 
cide which  braille  alphabet  to  adopt  in  America.  After 
some  discussion,  all  but  one,  Dr.  Sibley,  decided  to  use 
Modified  braille  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  no  books  in  this 
type  were  available.  In  1900  this  type  was  renamed 
American  braille  on  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Sibley. 

At  this  time  considerations  regarding  the  mechanics  of 
printing  for  the  blind  were  interjected  into  the  type  ques- 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

tion.  So  far,  embossed  Roman  letters  known  as  linetype, 
and  New  York  Point  had  been  printed  with  movable  type 
from  which  stereotype  plates  were  sometimes  cast.  In 
England  braille  books  had  been  printed  from  metal  sheets 
punched  out  on  a  rugged  braille  writing  frame  with  a 
heavy  stylus  and  mallet.  The  author  at  one  time  had 
the  privilege  of  shaking  hands  with  Mr.  John  Ford  who 
had,  over  a  period  of  thirteen  years,  punched  out  the  en- 
tire Bible  by  this  method. 

Modern  printing  for  the  blind  may  be  said  to  have  be- 
gun in  1892  when  Frank  H.  Hall,  superintendent  of  the 
Illinois  School  for  the  Blind,  demonstrated  his  recently 
developed  braille  typewriter  before  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Instructors  of  the  Blind  at  Brantford.  This  de- 
vice tremendously  speeded  up  the  writing  of  braille.  A 
good  writer  with  a  slate  and  stylus  can  seldom  write  more 
than  from  ten  to  twenty  words  a  minute,  whereas  a  pro- 
ficient braille  typewriter  operator  may,  with  a  reasonable 
amount  of  practice,  write  two  or  three  scores  of  words 
per  minute. 

From  the  development  of  a  braille  typewriter  for  writ- 
ing on  paper  it  was  only  a  step  to  the  development  of  a 
more  powerful  machine  for  embossing  on  sheets  of  brass, 
zinc  or  iron.  This  machine  was  called  the  braille  stereo- 
typemaker  and  was  exhibited  at  the  Columbian  Exposi- 
tion in  Chicago  in  1893.  The  printing  process  was  simple. 
The  embossed  metal  sheets  were  covered  with  tough, 
heavy  paper  about  twice  the  thickness  of  ordinary  book 
paper,  and  upon  this  was  laid  a  rubber  blanket.  The  whole 
combination  was  then  inserted  in  a  press,  and  pressure  ap- 
plied. When  the  paper  was  removed,  it  was  covered  en- 
tirely with  braille  printing. 

With  the  advent  of  Hall's  stereotypemaker  Mr.  Allen 

8 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

set  up  a  braille  printing  shop  in  his  school  in  Philadelphia 
and  several  other  schools  followed,  notably  the  Illinois 
School  for  the  Blind.  Embossed  braille  plates  from  these 
schools  were  sometimes  deposited  with  the  American 
Printing  House  for  the  Blind  so  that  books  could  be  made 
from  them  and  sold  to  the  various  schools  who  wished  to 
purchase  them. 

For  many  years  a  feud  had  raged  between  the  spon- 
sors of  American  braille  and  of  New  York  Point.  This 
feud,  which  was  of  such  vital  importance  to  the  blind 
readers,  became  the  basis  of  a  bitter,  personal  controversy 
between  seeing  leaders  on  either  side.  One  who  had  not 
witnessed  the  heat  which  was  engendered  by  the  debates 
on  the  so-called  type  question  cannot  realize  how  bitter 
these  discussions  could  become.  A  superintendent  of  a 
school  for  the  blind,  who  had  originally  favored  the  use 
of  New  York  Point  in  his  school,  after  considerable  study 
switched  over  to  the  use  of  braille.  When  he  came  to  the 
national  convention  of  instructors  the  following  year  he 
found  that  some  of  his  old  New  York  Point  associates 
refused  to  sit  next  to  him  at  the  luncheon  table.  In  the 
light  of  this  feeling  on  the  subject,  one  can  easily  imagine 
the  exultation  among  the  braillists  at  the  appearance  of 
Frank  HalPs  braillewriter  since  it  was  impracticable  to 
write  New  York  Point  on  this  machine. 

Years  later  Mr.  Wait,  in  telling  the  author  about  the 
Brantf ord  convention,  said  that  after  examining  the  braille- 
writer he  realized  that  New  York  Point  was  doomed  un- 
less an  equivalent  machine  for  writing  his  type  could  be 
perfected.  He  therefore  went  to  work  on  this  problem, 
and  within  a  few  months  produced  a  typewriter  for  writ- 
ing New  York  Point,  which  was  christened  the  Kleido- 
graph, 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

Mr.  Wait  further  said  that  he  had  no  sooner  announced 
this  machine  than  he  had  another  surprise  awaiting  him, 
the  braille  stereotypemaker.  Anyone  who  has  had  the  ex- 
perience of  developing  rather  complicated  mechanical  ap- 
pliances is  amazed  at  the  shortness  of  time  that  was  re- 
quired for  adapting  the  Kleidograph  to  embossing  on 
metal  sheets.  This  extended  the  life  of  New  York  Point 
for  another  generation.  We  sometimes  mourn  the  waste 
of  time  and  money  in  this  prolonged  type  dispute.  How- 
ever, it  was  not  without  its  blessing.  The  competition 
between  the  backers  of  the  two  systems  stimulated  the  de- 
velopment of  improved  appliances  which  might  other- 
wise have  been  long  delayed. 

The  advocates  of  the  two  rival  systems  worked  hard 
at  raising  money  from  private  as  well  as  public  sources 
to  build  up  libraries  in  their  favorite  types.  To  Mr.  Wait, 
who  had  labored  for  more  than  thirty  years  to  perfect 
New  York  Point  and  who  at  one  time  had  seen  nearly 
every  school  for  the  blind  in  the  United  States  using  it  as 
its  official  code,  the  controversy  became  very  personal. 
Had  New  York  Point  survived,  his  name  would  have 
gone  down  in  history  alongside  that  of  Louis  Braille.  As 
it  turned  out,  he  is  today  remembered  as  a  very  able  and 
relentless  leader  among  educators  of  the  blind  who  died  a 
disappointed,  embittered  old  man.  One  of  his  greatest 
disappointments  was  the  adoption  of  braille  as  the  official 
system  to  be  taught  in  the  New  York  Public  Schools. 

In  1909  when  plans  were  being  made  for  the  new  day 
school  classes  for  the  blind  in  the  New  York  Public 
Schools  the  thorny  question  of  what  tactile  type  to  use  in 
these  classes  came  up  for  decision.  There  was  so  much 
feeling  on  the  subject,  especially  in  the  city  of  New  York 
where  New  York  Point  had  its  birth,  that  the  Board  of 

IO 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

Education  wisely  decided  to  hold  a  public  hearing  and  let 
the  advocates  of  the  two  systems  present  their  cases  before 
a  committee  of  the  Board. 

There  were  two  hearings  held,  the  first  on  March  24, 
the  second  on  May  18th.  The  time  allotted  to  the  first 
hearing  was  two  and  a  half  hours  and  was  equally  divided 
between  the  factions,  New  York  Pointists  having  the 
first  half.  This  gave  the  Point  people  no  time  for  rebuttal 
and  the  protests  were  so  violent  that  a  second  hearing  was 
held. 

William  Bell  Wait  marshalled  his  witnesses  in  behalf 
of  New  York  Point  while  Miss  Winifred  Holt,  founder 
of  the  New  York  Association  for  the  Blind,  rallied  the 
American  braille  forces.  Behind  this  hearing,  as  the  initi- 
ated realized,  was  a  background  of  a  long-standing  feud 
between  Miss  Holt  and  Mr.  Wait  which  had  little  or 
nothing  to  do  with  blind  people's  reading.  Mr.  Wait  ob- 
jected to  Miss  Holt's  publicity  methods,  and  Miss  Holt 
was  very  critical  of  Mr.  Wait's  school  for  not  taking  more 
interest  in  the  vocational  prospects  of  its  pupils. 

Such  authorities  as  Mr.  Wait  himself,  Mr.  John  F. 
Bledsoe,  Superintendent  of  the  Maryland  School  for  the 
Blind,  Benjamin  Berinstein  who  was  then  a  young  blind 
college  student,  and  other  New  York  Point  stalwarts 
testified  passionately  in  favor  of  New  York  Point. 

Miss  Holt  persuaded  such  braillists  as  Frank  H.  Hall, 
inventor  of  the  braillewriter,  who  long  since  had  left 
work  for  the  blind,  to  come  to  New  York  to  testify. 
With  him  were  such  well-known  personalities  as  George 
W.  Jones,  then  superintendent  of  the  Illinois  School 
braille  printing  department  and  braille  member  of  the 
Uniform  Type  Committee  of  the  American  Association 
of  Workers  for  the  Blind;  Olin  H.  Burritt,  then  super- 

1 1 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

intendent  of  the  Pennsylvania  Institution  for  the  Instruc- 
tion of  the  Blind;  John  B.  Curtis,  sightless  supervisor  of 
classes  for  the  blind  in  the  Chicago  Public  Schools,  and 
others.  Edward  E.  Allen,  then  director  of  Perkins  Insti- 
tution, was  absent  in  Europe  or  he  would  doubtless  have 
been  one  of  the  star  witnesses. 

Helen  Keller,  who  has  always  avoided  needlessly  in- 
volving herself  in  controversies  which  might  prove  acri- 
monious, was  not  present,  but  she  did  write  a  letter  to  A. 
Emerson  Palmer,  Secretary  of  the  New  York  Board  of 
Education,  which  was  read  at  the  hearing. 

The  hall  in  which  the  hearing  was  held  was  packed  to 
overflowing  with  backers  of  the  two  systems.  Charles  F. 
F.  Campbell,  son  of  the  famous  Sir  Francis  Campbell  of 
the  Royal  Normal  College  for  the  Blind  in  London,  Eng- 
land, and  editor  of  the  Outlook  for  the  Blind,  came  down 
from  Massachusetts  with  several  others  to  witness  the 
spectacle.  A  whole  delegation  came  from  Philadelphia, 
another  from  Baltimore,  and  local  braille  and  New  York 
Point  fans  listened  eagerly.  The  author  well  remembers 
the  breathless  silence  with  which  the  audience  hung  on 
the  words  of  the  witnesses. 

Backers  of  the  respective  systems  burst  into  applause  as 
telling  points  were  made  for  their  favorite  type.  The 
committee  on  types  of  the  Board  of  Education  must  have 
been  puzzled  over  the  manifest  public  interest  in  this 
highly  technical  subject. 

Both  sides  stressed  for  the  most  part  the  economy  and 
flexibility  of  their  systems.  In  New  York  Point  a  given 
number  of  words  occupies  substantially  less  space  than  in 
American  braille.  Mr.  Wait  made  the  most  of  the  space- 
saving  qualities  of  this  type  even  to  the  point  of  exaggera- 
tion. He  also  directed  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  avail- 

12 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

able  library  of  New  York  Point  books  was  much  larger 
than  that  in  braille. 

The  advocates  of  American  braille  made  a  rather  im- 
pressive showing  by  recounting  the  schools  for  the  blind 
which  had  abandoned  use  of  New  York  Point  in  favor 
of  American  braille  indicating  a  strong  trend  toward  the 
newer  system.  One  of  their  strongest  arguments  was  that, 
as  New  York  Point  publishers  made  little  or  no  use  of 
their  cumbersome  capitals  or  their  four-dot  long  hyphens 
and  apostrophes,  most  books  were  published  without  us- 
ing any  of  these  signs. 

Studies  based  on  tests  made  with  a  very  few  subjects 
claimed  evidence  in  favor  of  braille,  which  was  used  ef- 
fectively at  the  second  hearing.  However,  the  most  tell- 
ing blow  that  was  given  New  York  Point  occurred  at  the 
first  hearing.  It  was  an  exhibit  offered  by  Frank  Hall 
which  showed  two  copies  of  a  title  page  of  a  book  in  ink 
type,  one  entirely  without  caps  as  it  would  appear  in 
New  York  Point  and  one  correctly  capitalized  as  it  would 
appear  in  American  braille. 

Mr.  Hall  also  showed  an  exhibit  in  ink  type  with  apos- 
trophes and  hyphens  omitted.  Much  was  heard  in  those 
days  of  what  was  termed  the  "illiteracy"  of  New  York 
Point  which,  when  translated  into  ink  type,  made  New 
York  Point  books  look  like  very  poor  models  of  English 
to  place  in  the  hands  of  blind  children. 

Helen  Keller's  letter  to  Mr.  Palmer  summed  up  much 
of  the  argument  in  behalf  of  American  braille.  It  reads  as 
follows: 

"My  Dear  Sir: 

I  regret  that  I  cannot  appear  at  the  hearing  before  the 
Board  of  Education  of  New  York  City  on  March  the 

13 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

24th.  I  have  been  deeply  interested  these  many  years  in 
the  question  of  raised  types,  not  so  much  for  my  own 
advantage  (I  read  all  the  systems)  as  for  that  of  the  large 
number  of  blind  persons  who  may  not  share  my  good 
fortune.  I  understand  that  you  are  to  consider  the  rela- 
tive merits  of  American  braille  and  New  York  Point. 
Between  these  two  systems,  it  seems  to  me,  there  can  be 
no  question  when  the  facts  are  all  properly  presented  to 
you. 

"I  have  always  found  New  York  Point  a  difficult,  un- 
satisfactory system.  I  object  to  it  as  it  appears  in  most 
books  which  I  have  seen  because  it  does  not  use  capitals, 
apostrophes  and  hyphens.  This  sometimes  spoils  the  sense 
for  the  reader.  But  it  has  a  worse  effect  upon  the  young 
pupil.  He  is  liable  to  get  an  imperfect  idea  of  capitaliza- 
tion and  punctuation.  I  have  received  letters  written  on 
the  ordinary  ink  typewriter  from  blind  persons  which 
contained  errors  significantly  like  the  defects  of  New 
York  Point,  and  I  cannot  but  believe  that  this  illiteracy  is 
traceable  to  their  habitual  use  of  a  defective  mode  of 
punctographic  writing  during  school  years. 

"It  is  true,  the  makers  of  New  York  Point  have  devised 
capitals;  but  it  is  noteworthy  that  this  very  winter  the 
State  Library  at  Albany  was  trying  to  decide  upon  a 
suitable  capital  sign.  Forty  years  after  this  system  was 
supposed  to  be  'perfected,'  it  is  still  in  an  undecided  state! 
The  capitals,  when  they  are  used,  are  not  always  unequiv- 
ocal. I  have  often  mistaken  D  for  j,  I  for  b  and  Y  for 
double  o  in  signatures,  and  I  waste  time  looking  at  ini- 
tial letters  over  and  over  again.  I  am  not  satisfied  with 
the  signs  for  hyphen  and  aspostrophe  that  I  have  found 
because  they  are  cumbersome.  It  is  possible  to  mistake 
the  apostrophe  for  ou,  especially  in  proper  names. 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

"New  York  Point  is  much  harder  for  me  to  read  than 
American  braille.  It  wears  my  reading  finger  more  to 
travel  over  letters  three  dots  wide  and  two  high  as  they 
are  in  New  York  Point  than  over  letters  two  dots  wide 
and  three  high  as  they  are  in  American  braille.  Also,  it 
is  a  most  trying  task  to  decipher  many  letters  which  I 
get  in  New  York  Point.  The  writers  evidently  have  trou- 
ble either  with  the  system  or  the  machine.  Of  the  letters 
I  receive  in  the  two  systems,  a  far  larger  proportion  are 
well  written  in  American  braille. 

"I  note,  too,  that  in  the  great  world  of  the  blind  New 
York  Point  is  a  provincialism.  The  machines  for  it  are 
made  only  in  New  York,  and  write  only  New  York 
Point.  On  the  other  hand,  machines  for  braille  are  made 
in  Germany,  France,  England  and  America.  I  have  owned 
American  and  German  braillewriters  which  place  me  in 
communication  with  people  all  over  the  world. 

"I  am  sure  that  in  all  important  respects  American 
braille  is  superior  to  New  York  Point  because  it  meets 
completely  the  needs  of  capitalization,  punctuation,  legi- 
bility and  physical  ease  of  reading. 

"With  high  regards,  I  am 

Respectfully  yours, 

(signed)   Helen  Keller" 

One  of  the  high  points  of  the  evening  for  the  writer 
was  the  effect  the  hearing  had  on  his  companion  Charles 
F.  F.  Campbell.  While  Charlie  was  more  in  sympathy 
with  English  braille  than  with  either  of  the  American 
systems,  he  dearly  loved  a  good  fight.  He  had  suggested 
to  the  writer  that  they  find  a  secluded  corner  where  they 
could  listen  unobserved.  Being  the  editor  of  the  Outlook 
for  the  Blind  he  felt  he  should  hold  a  neutral  position.  Ex- 

15 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

cept  when  presenting  a  matter  in  written  form  where 
words  could  be  carefully  weighed,  a  neutral  role  was  a 
very  difficult  one  for  him  to  play  as  he  was  always  en- 
thusiastic about  anything  in  which  he  believed. 

When  the  exhibit  of  the  two  title  pages  was  placed  on 
the  blackboard  and  the  stunning  effect  of  its  appearance  on 
the  seeing  members  of  the  audience  was  evident,  Charlie 
threw  his  arms  around  the  author  and  added  to  the  ap- 
plause a  burst  of  laughter  which  might  have  been  termed 
a  whoop!  Charles  had  hoped  his  presence  in  the  room 
would  not  be  noticed  but  this  now  became  a  vain  wish  as 
every  worker  for  the  blind  knew  his  expressive  laugh. 
Friends  and  enemies  alike  (and  he  had  both  of  a  plenty) 
exclaimed  in  an  audible  whisper,  "Charlie  Campbell  is 
here!"  This  is  mentioned  because  it  was  so  characteristic 
of  this  exuberant  man  who  had  such  a  profound  influence 
on  work  for  the  blind  during  the  first  two  decades  of  the 
century. 

After  mature  deliberation  the  committee  of  the  New 
York  Board  of  Education  finally  handed  down  its  de- 
cision in  favor  of  American  braille. 

Most  of  the  money  for  educational  books  for  the  blind 
comes  from  the  United  States  Government.  The  federal 
appropriation  for  school  books  is  made  to  the  American 
Printing  House  for  the  Blind  of  Louisville,  Kentucky. 
This  institution,  which  is  today  the  largest  embossing 
plant  for  the  blind  in  the  world,  is  governed  by  a  board 
of  trustees  on  which  the  superintendent  of  every  publicly- 
supported  school  for  the  blind  in  the  United  States  is  ex 
officio  a  member.  In  addition  there  are  seven  lay  board 
members  residing  in  Kentucky.  From  these  lay  members 
the  president  is  invariably  selected,  and  they  constitute 

16 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

the  executive  committee  which  handles  the  day-to-day 
business  of  the  institution. 

As  long  as  most  of  the  superintendent  board  members 
were  advocates  of  New  York  Point,  they  had  been 
able  to  prevent  any  of  the  federal  money  being  used  for 
publishing  in  braille.  This  forced  the  schools  using  braille 
to  rely  upon  private  philanthropy,  or  upon  state  appro- 
priations for  their  books. 

In  19 1  o,  however,  it  was  evident  that  the  forces  of 
New  York  Point  and  the  braille  advocates  on  the  board 
were  nearly  equal  in  number.  This  resulted  in  what  at 
the  time  looked  like  a  smart  maneuver  on  the  part  of 
New  York  Pointers  to  preserve  the  New  York  Point 
monopoly  on  government  funds. 

It  had  been  customary,  since  1880,  for  the  American 
Printing  House  for  the  Blind  to  hold  a  meeting  of  its 
board  of  trustees  at  the  same  place  and  time  as  the  bien- 
nial convention  of  the  American  Association  of  Instruc- 
tors of  the  Blind.  This  saved  the  superintendents  attend- 
ing the  conventions  the  expense  of  going  to  Louisville  to 
attend  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Printing  House  those 
years.  In  19 10  nineteen  of  the  superintendents  of  schools 
using  braille  petitioned  Colonel  Andrew  Cowan,  President 
of  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind,  to  hold  its 
usual  board  meeting  that  year  at  Little  Rock,  Arkansas, 
immediately  following  the  convention  of  the  American 
Association  of  Instructors  of  the  Blind.  Shortly  before 
Mr.  Benjamin  B.  Huntoon,  Superintendent  and  Secre- 
tary of  the  American  Printing  House,  sent  out  a  letter 
announcing  that  it  had  been  found  to  be  illegal  for  the 
American  Printing  House  as  a  Kentucky  corporation  to 
hold  its  board  meetings  outside  of  the  state.  To  the 
braillists  this  seemed  to  be  a  sharp  move.  Several  of  the 

17 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

superintendents  lived  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  and  meeting 
the  cost  of  going  to  Louisville  from  Little  Rock  would  be 
a  hardship  for  them. 

When  the  superintendents  gathered  for  the  convention 
that  year,  emotions  were  running  high.  Since  1902  it  had 
not  been  customary  at  these  conventions  to  hold  any 
public  discussions  on  the  type  question.  Experience  had 
shown  that  the  acrimony  engendered  made  calm  delibera- 
tion on  educational  problems  well-nigh  impossible.  How- 
ever, it  was  decided  to  disregard  the  old  custom  and  bring 
into  an  open  meeting  the  whole  question  of  braille  versus 
New  York  Point,  as  well  as  the  sudden  discovery  of  the 
illegality  of  American  Printing  House  board  meetings  be- 
ing held  outside  the  state  of  Kentucky.  The  braillists  had 
long  looked  forward  to  the  time  when  they  would  have 
a  majority  on  the  board.  They  then  could  demand  and 
would  be  able  to  force  the  allotment  of  a  certain  propor- 
tion of  the  federal  appropriation  for  the  embossing  of 
braille  books.  Now  it  looked  as  if  this  opportunity  might 
be  snatched  from  them,  for  the  year  at  least,  through  what 
seemed  to  many  of  them  like  a  trick. 

Those  who  attended  the  1910  meeting  will  never  for- 
get the  debate  which  was  held  in  that  hot,  humid  room 
in  Little  Rock  that  afternoon,  late  in  June.  Feeling  ran  so 
high  that  it  was  hard  to  find  a  member  of  the  association 
whom  they  all  could  trust  to  preside.  However,  they 
finally  selected  a  rugged  old  Hoosier,  George  Wilson, 
Superintendent  of  the  Indiana  School  for  the  Blind,  who 
had  the  reputation  of  rock-bound  integrity.  He  professed 
to  be  entirely  openminded  on  the  subject  of  braille  and 
New  York  Point.  After  careful  study  he  had  chosen  for 
his  school  the  braille  system  of  music  notation,  while 
New  York  Point  had  been  selected  for  literary  purposes. 

18 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

It  was  not  an  easy  task  to  preside  over  this  assembly. 
On  one  hand  there  was  a  group  fearing  that  their  favorite 
New  York  Point  type  was  about  to  go  down  to  defeat  at 
the  hands  of  an  ill-advised  group  of  newcomer  braillists, 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  a  group  of  braillists  who  saw 
themselves  about  to  be  swindled  by  a  technicality  out  of 
an  opportunity  to  have  government  money  made  avail- 
able for  books  in  their  type. 

As  the  gentlemen  assembled  one  could  feel  the  ten- 
sion in  the  air.  It  was  decided  that  no  questions  would  be 
barred  at  this  meeting  and  that  no  punches  would  be 
pulled.  Mr.  Huntoon,  who  had  exploded  the  legal  bomb- 
shell, became  both  the  target  of  criticism  and  the  de- 
fender of  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind. 

Everybody  wanted  the  floor,  so  it  was  ruled  by  the 
chair  that  no  one  could  speak  more  than  once,  until  every- 
body else  had  had  a  chance.  In  fairness  to  the  Printing 
House,  it  was  also  ruled  that  its  superintendent  might  an- 
swer questions  regardless  of  the  number  of  times  he  had 
had  the  floor  previously.  Mr.  Huntoon  was,  at  that  time,  a 
zealous,  elderly  man  who  believed  earnestly  in  New  York 
Point.  He  was  one  of  probably  not  more  than  ten  per 
cent  of  the  group  who  could  personally  read  either  sys- 
tem. As  the  author  looks  back  on  that  meeting  he  re- 
members the  eagerness  of  Mr.  Huntoon  to  bring  out  cer- 
tain points.  Since  he  could  not  personally  raise  these 
points,  except  in  answers  to  questions,  he  would  appeal 
to  the  chair  in  his  high-pitched  voice  to  have  someone 
ask  him  "the  following  question."  Finally,  Mr.  Huntoon 
objected  to  one  of  the  questions  which  seemed  to  reflect 
unfairly  upon  him  and  his  institution.  He  said  that  he 
would  not  "waste  his  breath  on  a  jackass  like  the  ques- 
tioner." The  chairman  ordered  him  to  withdraw  that  re- 

19 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

mark  or  he  would  suspend  the  discussion  immediately. 
After  a  tense  minute  or  more,  Mr.  Huntoon  rose  slowly 
to  his  feet  and  said,  "Having  delivered  myself  of  the 
epithet,  I  now  gladly  withdraw  it."  This  broke  the  ten- 
sion and  the  meeting  burst  into  prolonged  laughter  which 
seemed  to  give  everyone  as  much  relief  as  Mr.  Huntoon's 
epithet  had  afforded  him. 

As  a  result  of  the  discussion  the  braillists  all  determined 
that  they  would  attend  the  Louisville  board  meeting  the 
following  day  even  if  they  had  to  ride  home  on  brake 
beams.  A  special  sleeping  car  was  reserved  for  them  and 
the  annual  meeting  at  Louisville  had  a  record  attendance 
that  year. 

Regular  business  of  the  Louisville  meeting  was  disposed 
of  with  the  customary  dullness  that  characterizes  most  an- 
nual board  meetings.  Finally,  under  new  business,  the  mo- 
tion for  which  everyone  was  waiting  breathlessly  was 
made,  taking  the  form  of  a  proposal  that  forty  per  cent 
of  the  government  appropriation  be  expended  on  the 
publication  of  American  braille  books.  The  vote  was  a 
tie.  This  left  it  up  to  the  chairman  of  the  meeting,  Colonel 
Andrew  Cowan,  a  local  businessman  of  very  high  repute, 
to  cast  the  deciding  vote.  Mr.  Huntoon  implored  him  in 
a  whisper  to  kill  the  motion.  Colonel  Cowan  disappointed 
his  New  York  Point  friends  by  stating  that  the  motion 
seemed  like  a  reasonable  request  since  forty  per  cent  of 
the  pupils  represented  by  the  superintendents  were  in 
schools  which  had  officially  adopted  American  braille. 
He  cast  the  deciding  vote  in  favor  of  the  resolution,  and 
one  can  easily  imagine  the  chagrin  of  the  New  York 
Point  members.  From  that  time  on,  forty  per  cent  of  the 
federal  appropriation  went  for  American  braille  books 

20 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

until  Revised  braille  completely  supplanted  both  of  the 
contending  systems. 

Meanwhile  the  blind  people,  who  were  the  real  suffer- 
ers as  a  result  of  the  controversy,  had  become  heartily  dis- 
gusted with  the  fight  going  on  between  superintendents 
of  schools  for  the  blind,  few  of  whom  could  read  either 
system. 

In  1 90 1  the  American  Blind  People's  Higher  Educa- 
tion and  General  Improvement  Association  at  its  Kansas 
City  convention  passed  a  resolution  which  read  as  follows, 
"That  a  committee  be  appointed  to  investigate  the  vari- 
ous forms  of  tactile  print,  and  to  labor  for  the  adoption 
of  some  one  universal  system." 

In  1902,  pursuant  to  this  resolution,  the  Tactile  Print 
Investigating  Commission  was  created,  consisting  of  four 
members,  and  chaired  by  Ambrose  M.  Shotwell,  a  blind 
man  who  was  braille  printer  of  the  Michigan  School  for 
the  Blind  and  later  braille  printer  and  librarian  of  the 
Michigan  Employment  Institution  for  the  Blind  in  Sagi- 
naw. A  prominent  member  of  the  commission  was  John 
B.  Curtis,  also  sightless,  who  was  supervisor  of  classes  for 
the  blind  in  the  Chicago  Public  Schools  which  operated 
a  small  braille  printing  shop. 

The  Tactile  Print  Investigating  Commission,  handi- 
capped by  lack  of  any  funds  with  which  to  work,  con- 
ducted a  few  tests  to  ascertain  the  relative  legibility  of 
letters  having  a  few  dots  as  compared  with  letters  having 
many  dots.  It  also  made  a  few  tests  designed  to  determine 
the  relative  legibility  of  words  containing  letters  of  one 
and  two  dots  in  height  and  one  and  two  dots  in  width. 
The  number  of  subjects  tested  were  too  few  to  more  than 
suggest  conclusions  which  were  later  arrived  at  after  test- 
ing several  hundred  readers. 

21 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

Before  the  commission  wound  up  its  affairs  it  also  en- 
deavored unsuccessfully  to  get  the  British  Braille  Com- 
mittee to  cooperate  with  it.  The  principal  achievement  of 
the  commission  was  that  of  focusing  the  interest  of  a 
larger  number  of  thoughtful  blind  people  upon  the  de- 
sirability of  the  adoption  of  a  uniform  type  based  upon 
scientifically  demonstrated  principles. 

In  1905  the  successor  to  the  American  Blind  People's 
Higher  Education  and  General  Improvement  Associa- 
tion, the  American  Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind, 
at  its  convention  in  Saginaw,  Michigan  received  a  letter 
from  Charles  W.  Holmes,  resident  of  Rock  Island,  Que- 
bec, Canada,  and  President  of  the  Alumni  Association  of 
Perkins  Institution  for  the  Blind,  which  is  quoted  in  part 
because  it  expresses  so  well  the  feelings  of  thoughtful  blind 
people  at  that  time. 

"I  desire  to  .  .  .  present  our  views  upon  the  great  type 
question,  which  seems  just  now  to  be  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant and  prominent  before  the  consideration  of  the 
blind  and  their  friends.  The  most  lamentable  fact  in  this 
connection  is  that  we  have  at  present  Rvq  distinct  codes 
of  embossed  print,  and  virtually  subdivisions  of  some  of 
them  as  well — since  some  books  are  printed  with,  and 
some  without  contractions.  In  order  to  avail  himself  of 
the  full  range  of  literature  (which  at  best  is  woefully 
limited)  the  blind  reader  must  learn,  and  keep  well  up  in, 
all  these  codes.  .  .  .  How  long  would  our  seeing  friends 
stand  for  such  a  state  of  affairs  in  ink  type?  Imagine  for 
a  moment  the  ridiculous  situation  that  would  arise,  if  the 
daily  papers  published  in  Boston  had  an  entirely  different 
system  of  characters  from  those  used  by  New  York  pub- 
lishers, and  that  a  Philadelphia  man  could  not  read  either 
without  special  training,  because  his  own  city  had  adopted 

22 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

a  third,  as  unlike  the  others  as  the  Chinese  characters  are 
unlike  the  Roman.  .  . .  What  we  need,  and  must  have,  and 
will  have  if  we  but  make  up  our  minds  to  it,  and  stand  by 
each  other,  is  an  international,  universal  code  of  embossed 
type  for  all  English-speaking  countries.  .  .  .  Will  not  this 
association  which  is  a  mighty  power  in  the  affairs  of  the 
blind  in  this  country,  put  its  shoulder  to  the  wheel  and 
see  to  it  that  the  word  to  quit  is  not  given  till  the  wheel 
moves?  .  .  . 

"It  would  be  very  acceptable  to  the  advocates  of  braille, 
if  that  code  could  be  taken  as  the  basis  of  the  universal 
code.  New  York  Point  supporters  would  feel  the  same 
satisfaction,  if  that  system  could  be  put  to  the  front, 
and  so  with  each  of  the  five,  no  doubt.  But  in  such  an  un- 
dertaking nothing  can  be  accomplished  unless  all  are  will- 
ing to  make  concessions,  cheerfully,  and  if  necessary  stand 
prepared  to  abandon  their  own  individual  choice,  and 
abide  loyally  by  whatever  may  ultimately  be  agreed  upon 
by  the  majority. . .  . 

".  .  .  At  present  there  are  a  good  many  books  printed 
in  more  than  one  code,  which  is  a  needless  waste  of  time 
and  expense  but  is  necessary  under  present  conditions  in 
order  that  the  readers  in  different  systems  may  have  the 
privilege  of  reading  them.  Stereotyping  is  playing  an  im- 
portant part  in  our  printing  now  and  is  one  of  the  strong- 
est arguments  for  a  universal  code.  When  once  the  plates 
are  stamped  for  a  certain  book,  the  additional  expense  of 
striking  off  a  few  hundred  more  copies  is,  comparatively 
speaking,  very  trifling.  There  already  exists  a  most  praise- 
worthy system  of  exchange  of  books  among  our  printing 
houses  and  libraries.  Let  this  continue  and  be  extended 

systematically  on  both  sides  of  the  water Think  what 

a  great  increase  of  literature  there  would  be  for  the  same 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


total  expense  that  is  now  laid  out  by  the  combined  presses 
of  England  and  America,  and  every  book  available  to 
every  reader,  on  both  sides  of  the  ocean. 

"May  I  not  urge  upon  you  my  friends,  that  you  give 
this  matter  your  most  serious  consideration  .  .  .  till  the 
end  is  accomplished?  We  shall  have  opposition  both  from 
the  blind  themselves  and  from  some  of  those  in  authority 
over  them,  no  doubt;  there  will  be  more  or  less  confusion 
and  perhaps  inconvenience  for  a  time  to  the  readers,  but 
what  great  good  was  ever  yet  brought  about .  .  .  without 
opposition  and  sacrifice?  .  .  .  The  time  is  now  ripe  for 
action;  the  English-speaking  world,  so  far  as  the  blind 
are  concerned,  is  aroused.  They  are  feeling  their  way  to- 
ward a  solution.  If  we  let  this  opportunity  pass,  it  may 
be  years  before  another  occasion  so  favorable  will  pre- 
sent itself.  ..." 

Mr.  Holmes  also  wrote  a  similar  letter  to  the  Interna- 
tional Conference  on  the  Blind  which  was  held  in  Edin- 
burgh the  same  year,  in  the  hope  of  interesting  British 
authorities  in  the  subject. 

The  Tactile  Print  Investigating  Commission  was  suc- 
ceeded by  the  Uniform  Type  Committee  of  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  which  was  set 
up  by  the  following  resolution  at  the  1905  convention  at 
Saginaw,  "That  we  favor  the  adoption  of  some  one  uni- 
form type  for  use  in  schools  and  general  reading,  and 
that  a  committee  of  five  be  appointed  to  communicate 
with  the  British  Braille  Committee,  and  to  continue  the 
work  heretofore  assigned  to  the  Tactile  Print  Investigat- 
ing Commission."  This  committee  consisted  of  the  follow- 
ing, all  of  whom  were  blind:  Charles  W.  Holmes,  Elwyn 
H.  Fowler,  John  B.  Curtis,  Lee  N.  Muck,  Ambrose  M. 
Shotwell.  Two  of  the  members  were  New  York  Point 

24 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

advocates,  two  American  braille  advocates,  and  the  fifth 
soon  became  known  to  be  partial  to  British  braille. 

The  Uniform  Type  Committee  began  by  stating  that 
linetype  was  passing  from  the  stage  as  a  competitor.  It 
recognized,  however,  that  Moon  type  had  a  certain  value 
for  use  by  blinded  aged  and  hard-handed  persons.  In  this 
connection  it  was  suggested  that  a  dot  system  arranged  in 
a  cell  three  dots  high  and  three  dots  wide  and  roughly  re- 
sembling Roman  letters  might  be  superior  in  some  respects 
to  Moon  type  as  it  would  be  less  expensive  to  manufac- 
ture by  movable  type,  easier  to  learn,  more  tangible, 
and  capable  of  being  written  by  hand.  This  suggestion, 
however,  never  got  beyond  the  academic  discussion 
stage. 

The  committee  decided  to  concentrate  its  study  on 
the  relative  merits  of  the  three  point  systems,  American 
braille,  New  York  Point  and  British  braille.  The  problem 
was  broken  down  into  certain  characteristic  elements  of 
the  systems  which  could  be  compared  one  with  another. 
It  was  hoped  that  the  claims  for  the  various  systems  were 
susceptible  of  scientific  testing.  For  example,  New  York 
Point  is  a  dot  system  in  which  no  letter  is  more  than 
two  dots  vertically,  while  horizontally  it  might  be  one  to 
four  dots.  On  the  other  hand,  braille  consists  of  one  or 
more  dots  arranged  within  the  braille  cell,  three  dots 
vertically  and  two  horizontally.  Which  is  more  legible? 

Test  sheets  were  prepared,  each  containing  an  equal 
number  of  characters.  On  one  sheet  these  characters  were 
one,  two  or  three  dots  high;  on  the  other  sheet  the  same 
number  of  characters  were  arranged  one,  two  or  three 
dots  in  width.  These  characters  were  placed  in  lines  as 
they  would  appear  in  an  embossed  book  and  grouped  in 
from  two  to  five  characters  such  as  might  appear  in 

25 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

words.  Each  character,  of  course,  was  the  equivalent  of 
a  braille  or  a  New  York  Point  letter. 

In  administering  the  test  a  blind  subject  was  asked  to 
read  the  sheets  and  simply  call  out  the  number  of  dots 
in  the  character  under  his  finger  so  that  it  made  no  differ- 
ence whether  or  not  he  knew  the  letter  for  which  it  stood. 
A  stop  watch  was  held  by  an  observer  who  followed  on 
another  copy  of  the  test  and  the  subject  was  directed  to 
call  the  number  of  dots  in  these  characters  as  rapidly  as 
he  could  recognize  them.  It  was  felt  that  if  the  sheets 
having  characters  three  dots  wide  (characteristic  of  New 
York  Point)  could  be  read  faster  or  with  fewer  errors 
than  the  sheets  with  characters  three  dots  high  (charac- 
teristic of  braille),  a  superiority  for  New  York  Point 
would  be  indicated,  If,  however,  the  characters  three 
dots  high  could  be  read  more  rapidly  than  those  with  the 
horizontal  arrangement  of  dots,  a  superiority  for  braille 
would  be  suggested. 

Several  scores  of  persons  were  tested  in  this  way,  and 
it  was  found  that  even  in  the  areas  where  New  York 
Point  was  the  prevailing  system  the  sheets  with  characters 
three  dots  high  were  read  more  rapidly. 

Other  tests  were  devised  which,  it  was  felt,  would  test 
other  characteristics  of  the  systems.  Unfortunately,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  committee's  predecessor,  the  members  had 
little  opportunity  to  get  together  because  of  the  lack  of 
working  funds. 

At  the  1907  meeting  of  the  American  Association  of 
Workers  for  the  Blind  a  report  was  made  which  was 
inconclusive  because  data  had  been  collected  with  so 
few  subjects  that  the  findings  might  conceivably  be  re- 
versed if  a  larger  number  of  readers  were  to  be  tested. 
The  committee  was  continued.  In  1909  the  American 

26 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  met  in  Columbus, 
Ohio.  A  report  was  submitted  which,  for  the  same  rea- 
son, was  not  convincing  to  persons  having  a  predisposition 
toward  New  York  Point.  It  became  known  at  this  meeting 
that  the  two  New  York  Point  advocates  on  the  committee 
had  become  so  convinced  of  the  superiority  of  braille 
over  their  former  favorite  system  that  they  now  were  ad- 
vocates of  braille,  so  that  the  committee  then  stood  four 
favoring  American  braille  and  one  favoring  British  braille. 
The  New  York  Point  advocates  who  attended  the  con- 
vention were  outraged  at  the  betrayal  of  their  favorite 
type.  Dignified  superintendents  took  the  platform  and 
denounced  the  committee,  denounced  its  methods,  de- 
nounced its  motives,  and,  had  congressional  investigations 
then  been  the  order  of  the  day,  they  would  probably 
have  demanded  either  a  congressional  investigation  of 
the  subject  or,  at  least,  that  a  grand  jury  be  called  to 
search  out  the  culprits. 

To  calm  the  turbulent  waters,  and  on  the  motion  of 
a  braille  advocate,  it  was  voted  that  the  number  on  the 
committee  be  increased  to  ten  by  adding  five  who  favored 
New  York  Point.  Among  the  newcomers  were  two 
who  for  several  years  were  destined  to  play  a  major 
role  in  the  settlement  of  the  type  question — H.  Randolph 
Latimer,  sightless  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  Mary- 
land School  for  the  Blind,  and  Miss  L.  Pearl  Howard,  a 
young  graduate  of  the  Iowa  State  School  for  the  Blind. 
Mr.  Latimer  withdrew  soon  after  election,  but  rejoined 
the  committee  again  in  191 1. 

Something  of  the  spirit  of  the  committee  may  be 
gathered  from  a  recent  interview  between  the  writer 
and  Miss  Howard,  who  said,  "When  offered  the  appoint- 
ment on  the  committee  I  asked  if  I  was  expected  to  work 

27 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

for  the  general  adoption  of  New  York  Point  or  for  a 
uniform  type,  whatever  it  might  be.  The  reply  was  that 
I  should  work  for  a  uniform  type  regardless  of  any  pre- 
disposition I  might  have.  This  was  all  I  wanted  to  know 
and  I  accepted  service  under  those  condtions.  This 
decision  may  have  cost  me  some  of  my  Iowa  friends 
who  were  in  favor  of  the  New  York  Point." 

Little  money,  however,  was  made  available  to  the 
committee,  so  that  they  had  to  depend  for  the  most  part 
upon  their  own  slender  purses  to  meet  the  costs  of  any 
investigations  they  might  make.  In  the  spring  of  191 1 
the  committee  felt  that  it  must  try  out  relative  legibility 
tests  on  more  people.  Accordingly,  in  spite  of  the  com- 
mittee's lack  of  funds,  arrangements  were  made  for  Miss 
Howard  and  Mr.  Elwyn  H.  Fowler  and  his  seeing  wife, 
Mary,  to  visit  the  New  York  State  School  for  the  Blind 
at  Batavia  where  New  York  Point  was  the  official  em- 
bossed type.  The  purpose  of  this  visit  was  quite  as  much 
to  test  the  validity  of  some  new  tests  as  to  assemble  con- 
vincing data. 

The  next  biennial  convention  of  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Workers  for  the  Blind  was  held  in  June  191 1 
at  Overbrook,  Philadelphia  in  the  assembly  room  of  the 
Pennsylvania  Institution  for  the  Instruction  of  the  Blind. 
The  committee  had  little  to  report  at  that  meeting  be- 
yond plans  for  more  scientific  study  if  at  least  $3000.00 
could  be  made  available.  It  offered  to  raise  $1800.00  if 
those  at  the  convention  would  show  their  faith  in  the 
committee  by  pledging  $1200.00.  The  committee's  re- 
port consisted  principally  of  an  effort  to  impress  upon 
the  lay  public  and  upon  the  seeing  superintendents  of 
schools  for  the  blind  the  nature  of  the  problem  in  hand, 
the  tragic  confusion  of  the  whole  affair  to  the  blind,  and 

28 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

the  shamefulness  of  wasting  money  in  the  duplication 
of  books  in  the  various  systems. 

The  committee  selected  a  seeing  man,  Charles  F.  F 
Campbell,  to  expound  the  report  of  the  committee  to  the 
convention  because  he  was  known  as  one  of  the  most 
ardent  advocates  of  just  treatment  of  the  blind  who  ever 
lived.  Charlie  had  a  flair  for  presenting  in  a  clear  way 
problems  of  concern  to  the  blind.  It  is  fortunate  that  he 
was  chosen  for  this  task.  He  was  more  accustomed  to 
public  speaking  than  any  of  the  members  of  the  com- 
mittee. As  a  seeing  man  he  could  plead  that  the  seeing 
members  of  the  association  and  the  seeing  public,  to 
whom  the  type  question  was  largely  an  academic  one, 
give  the  committee  of  blind  people  funds  with  which  to 
work. 

The  committee  reported  that  they  must  have  money 
enough  to  employ  two  agents,  one  blind  and  one  seeing, 
to  travel  about  the  United  States  from  one  typical  com- 
munity to  another,  explaining  the  methods  and  objec- 
tives of  the  committee  and,  through  tests,  collect  data 
which  would  eventually  enable  any  fair-minded  person 
approaching  the  subject  dispassionately  to  decide  upon 
a  satisfactory  code  of  embossed  type. 

The  convention  consisted  of  men  and  women  of 
whom  perhaps  half  were  blind,  and  all  of  them  were 
deeply  interested  in  problems  of  vital  concern  to  the 
sightless.  Practically  all  of  them  were  in  very  modest 
circumstances — some  were  teachers,  some  were  broom- 
makers,  some  were  home  teachers,  some  were  small  busi- 
nessmen, some  were  dependent  upon  small  pensions  of 
one  kind  or  another.  However,  this  group  represented 
the  rank  and  file  of  blind  people  as  well  as  of  workers 
for  the  blind.  Whatever  decision  they  arrived  at,  while 

29 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

not  binding  upon  anyone,  would  have  a  great  moral  in- 
fluence on  the  thinking  of  those  in  control  of  agencies 
for  the  blind. 

It  was  to  this  group  that  Mr.  Campbell  pleaded  for 
funds  to  carry  on  the  scientific  study  of  a  field  in  which 
thousands  of  dollars  were  wasted  every  year  through 
duplication.  Everybody  agreed  that  duplication  was 
wrong,  but  no  one  had  enough  data  on  which  to  base 
an  argument  for  any  one  type  which  would  be  convinc- 
ing to  those  predisposed  to  another. 

Mr.  Campbell  made  an  impassioned  appeal  to  this 
group  for  moral  support,  but,  more  importantly,  for 
financial  support.  No  evangelist  ever  made  a  more  heart- 
felt plea.  That  little  group  of  330  men  and  women  was 
thoroughly  aroused.  Charles  W.  Holmes,  Chairman  of 
the  Uniform  Type  Committee,  who  then  held  a  position 
in  work  for  the  blind  in  Massachusetts,  announced  that 
he  would  start  the  fund  with  f  100.00,  one  month's  sal- 
ary. Others  followed  with  smaller  amounts.  One  man, 
who  many  present  knew  was  living  on  a  pension  of 
$150.00  a  year,  pledged  $5.00.  Finally  the  Director  of 
Perkins  Institution  for  the  Blind,  an  old  advocate  of 
American  braille  who  felt  that  so  far  as  he  was  concerned 
the  question  had  been  settled  for  twenty  years,  pledged 
f  200.00  from  the  Howe  Memorial  Press,  an  organization 
affiliated  with  Perkins  Institution.  No  million  dollar 
pledge  of  a  Rockefeller  brought  forth  more  enthusiastic 
cheers.  At  the  end  of  an  hour  it  was  announced  that 
$1500.00  had  been  pledged.  The  committee  then  felt 
that  with  this  show  of  confidence  it  could  go  forth  and 
raise,  from  the  general  public,  the  additional  $1800.00  it 
had  pledged  itself  to  collect.  Before  the  next  meeting  a 
total  of  $4,133.60  was  raised.  With  the  funds  now  in 

30 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

sight  the  committee  could  proceed  with  some  real  re- 
search. 

Word  of  this  meeting  and  its  results  spread  over  the 
entire  community  of  the  blind  of  the  United  States.  It 
now  looked  as  if  the  end  of  the  type  dispute  was  in  sight. 
How  little  most  of  them  realized  that  it  would  be  another 
five  years  before  anything  even  resembling  uniformity 
would  be  found  in  the  United  States  and  that  more  than 
twenty-one  years  would  elapse  before  they  had  a  uni- 
form type  for  the  English-speaking  world. 

About  this  time  Mr.  M.  C.  Migel,  a  wealthy,  retired 
silk  manufacturer  in  New  York  City,  who  had  long  been 
interested  in  blind  people,  heard  of  the  Uniform  Type 
Committee's  work.  For  twelve  years  he  had  given  one 
evening  a  week  to  reading  to  blind  men  and  women 
residents  of  the  Society  for  the  Relief  of  the  Destitute 
Blind  in  New  York  City.  He  became  very  fond  of  many 
of  the  people  who  attended  his  reading  circle,  and  one 
time  brought  back  from  England  a  braille  book  for  one 
of  the  girls  in  the  institution.  Much  to  his  amazement  he 
found  that  she  could  not  read  it,  not  because  she  was 
illiterate,  but  because  the  book  was  in  British  braille  and 
she  was  a  reader  of  New  York  Point. 

When  he  heard  of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee  and 
its  efforts  to  bring  some  solution  to  the  problem,  he 
stopped  in  the  reading  room  for  the  blind  at  the  Library 
of  Congress  and  asked  Mrs.  Gertrude  T.  Rider,  the 
librarian  in  charge,  if  she  thought  money  contributed  to 
the  Uniform  Type  Committee  would  bear  fruit.  A  few 
days  later  Miss  L.  Pearl  Howard  and  Mrs.  Elwyn  H. 
Fowler,  representatives  of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee, 
visited  the  library.  While  she  felt  that  she  could  not 
expose  Mr.  Migel  to  a  direct  appeal  from  the  committee, 

31 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

Mrs.  Rider  promised  these  representatives  that  she  would 
suggest  to  Mr.  Migel  that  he  get  in  touch  with  them  or 
with  the  chairman  of  the  committee.  A  little  later  Mr. 
Migel  called  on  Walter  G.  Holmes,  managing  editor  of 
the  Matilda  Ziegler  Magazine  for  the  Blind,  and  learned 
that  it  was  a  source  of  great  distress  to  him  that  he  had  to 
issue  the  magazine  in  two  editions,  one  for  those  who 
read  New  York  Point  and  one  for  those  who  read  braille. 
He  begrudged  the  waste  of  precious  money.  However, 
he  had  some  doubts  about  the  ultimate  success  of  the 
efforts  of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee.  He  had  seen 
too  much  bitter  controversy  to  allow  himself  to  be- 
lieve wholeheartedly  that  the  committee  could  settle  the 
question. 

Mr.  Migel  posed  this  query  to  Mr.  Holmes;  would  it 
be  worthwhile  for  him  to  give  a  thousand  dollars  to  the 
committee?  Mr.  Holmes  said  it  depended  on  how  much 
"one  thousand  dollars"  meant  to  him,  to  which  Mr.  Migel 
replied  that  really  a  thousand  dollars  did  not  mean  too 
much  to  him. 

With  the  funds  raised  at  Overbrook  and  with  some 
additional  money  which  had  come  in  from  other  sources, 
the  committee  was  able  to  employ  Miss  Howard  and 
Mrs.  Fowler  on  very  modest  salaries.  This  pair  of  de- 
voted representatives  travelled  about  the  country  con- 
ducting tests  in  thirty-six  states.  Everyone  was  eager  to 
know  what  these  tests  were  showing.  Was  New  York 
Point  showing  up  better  than  it  had  originally,  or  was 
braille  still  in  the  ascendency? 

After  visiting  a  majority  of  the  schools  for  the  blind 
in  the  United  States  where  either  New  York  Point  or 
American  braille  was  in  use,  the  committee  felt  that  some 
tests  should  be  made  in  a  school  where  the  British  version 

32 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

of  braille  was  in  vogue.  Practically  the  only  school  in 
North  America  answering  this  description  was  the  one 
at  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia.  Accordingly,  Halifax  was  visited 
and  several  scores  of  pupils  were  tested.  Immediately, 
the  agents  were  impressed  by  the  facility  with  which 
these  pupils  read,  and  to  their  consternation  a  study  of 
test  sheets  indicated  a  striking  superiority  of  British 
braille  over  either  American  braille  or  New  York  Point. 

A  hasty  meeting  of  the  committee  was  called  in  Boston 
and  the  results  to  date  reviewed.  Twelve  hundred  Ameri- 
can readers  had  been  tested.  They  were  about  equally  di- 
vided between  New  York  Point  and  American  braille.  In 
most  respects  American  braille  had  been  demonstrated  to 
be  superior  to  New  York  Point,  though  New  York  Point 
had  certain  space-saving  advantages  resulting  from  its 
variable  base  which  made  books  in  that  system  more 
compact.  Now  they  were  confronted  with  results  of  tests 
made  of  British  braille  which  seemed  to  show  that  that 
system  was  superior  to  either  of  the  American  systems. 
However,  it  was  judged  both  dangerous  and  unfair  to 
scrap  the  two  American  types  on  the  showing  made 
with  British  braille  by  hardly  a  hundred  readers. 

The  data  collected,  however,  was  so  convincing  that 
when  it  was  laid  before  the  committee,  it  was  apparent 
to  all  that  neither  American  braille  nor  New  York  Point 
would  survive.  However,  British  braille  had  exhibited 
certain  weaknesses,  and  if  the  slate  were  clean  and  a  new 
system  devised  it  seemed  probable  that  a  punctographic 
code  theoretically  superior  to  any  of  the  three  could  be 
developed. 

The  committee  feared  that  if  British  braille  were 
adopted  with  all  of  its  faults,  some  future  student  of  the 
subject  might  again  upset  the  whole  world  of  the  blind 

33 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

with  a  type  controversy  by  promoting  a  scientifically 
demonstrable  superior  code.  Therefore,  it  was  decided 
to  strike  out  boldly  and  work  out  an  entirely  new  code 
— a  code  that  would  utilize  the  British  or  French  braille 
alphabet  and,  for  contraction  purposes,  utilize  characters 
which  had  been  demonstrated  to  be  the  most  legible  to 
represent  groups  of  letters  recurring  with  the  greatest 
frequency  in  the  English  language — a  code  which  would 
not  only  utilize  a  cell  three  dots  high  but  would  also 
utilize  the  variable  base  which  had  given  to  New  York 
Point  its  space-saving  and  some  other  advantages. 

Accordingly,  on  June  25,  191 3  the  committee  recom- 
mended at  the  convention  of  the  American  Association 
of  Workers  for  the  Blind  held  at  Jacksonville,  Illinois 
that  an  entirely  new  stystem,  to  be  known  as  Standard 
Dot,  be  promulgated  for  use  throughout  the  entire  coun- 
try, scrapping  both  New  York  Point  and  American 
braille. 

The  recommendations  of  the  committee  were  ap- 
proved when  put  before  the  delegates  to  the  convention 
and  the  committee  was  directed  to  elaborate  further 
the  proposed  system.  This  outcome  was  not  a  victory 
for  any  of  the  contending  systems.  The  American  braille 
code  was  discarded  but  the  three  levels  of  dots  upon 
which  it  was  based  and  the  principle  of  frequency  of 
recurrence,  fundamental  parts  of  the  system,  were  re- 
tained. The  New  York  Point  code  was  also  discarded 
but  the  variable  base  as  well  as  the  principle  of  fre- 
quency of  recurrence  was  retained.  The  advocates  of 
both  systems  were  crushed,  and  they  were  left  to  take 
what  comfort  they  could  out  of  what  remained,  plus  the 
fact  that  their  hated  rival  had  fared  no  better. 

What  is  this  British  braille  system  that  had  shown  up 

34 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

so  well?  What  had  been  happening  in  England  during 
all  this  time?  In  1876  through  the  influence  of  the  British 
and  Foreign  Blind  Association,  later  the  National  Insti- 
tute for  the  Blind,  Louis  Braille's  French  alphabet,  with 
upwards  of  two  hundred  contractions  and  abbreviations 
adapted  to  the  English  language,  won  ascendancy  over 
all  other  competitors  as  the  reading  code  for  the  blind 
of  Great  Britain.  Among  its  contractions  were  characters 
standing  for  ing,  ch,  sh,  action,  ally;  and  such  abbrevia- 
tions as  shd  for  should,  bl  for  blind,  rev  for  receive,  dev 
for  deceive,  etc.  After  several  years'  experience  with  the 
new  code  considerable  dissatisfaction  with  its  set  of  con- 
tractions had  grown  up  throughout  Great  Britain.  The 
Hora  Jucunda,  a  braille  magazine  published  in  Edin- 
burgh, opened  its  columns  to  a  discussion  of  the  merits 
and  demerits  of  braille  as  early  as  1893.  Soon  it  began 
agitating  for  the  appointment  of  a  representative  com- 
mittee to  revise  the  system. 

In  1902  the  various  interested  groups  got  together  on 
a  committee  known  as  the  British  Braille  Committee 
sponsored  jointly  by  the  British  and  Foreign  Blind  As- 
sociation and  the  Gardner's  Trust  for  the  Blind.  This 
committee,  after  some  three  years  of  work,  agreed  upon 
a  new  set  of  rules  and  contractions.  This  system  was  to 
be  known  as  British  Revised  braille.  The  alphabet,  nu- 
merals, punctuation  and  a  few  other  signs  made  up  what 
was  called  Revised  braille  grade  1.  Revised  braille  grade 
2  consisted  of  grade  1  plus  some  two  hundred  contrac- 
tions and  abbreviations.  Revised  braille  grade  3  consisted 
of  grade  2  plus  upwards  of  a  thousand  more  contractions 
and  abbreviations.  These  contractions  were  selected 
largely  on  the  basis  of  personal  observation  as  to  their 
usefulness  and  frequency  of  recurrence  in  English.  Some- 

35 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

one  said  that  these  contractions  were  an  aggregate  of 
individual  preferences  rather  than  a  set  of  scientific  sym- 
bols, as  no  extended  study  had  been  made  to  demonstrate 
their  value. 

However,  this  committee  submitted  its  report  to  its 
sponsoring  organizations  in  1905  shortly  before  the  meet- 
ing of  the  International  Conference  on  the  Blind  in 
Edinburgh.  The  Edinburgh  convention  approved  the  re- 
port. This  action,  however,  had  no  international  signifi- 
cance because  only  a  few  foreign  visitors  attended  this 
British  meeting. 

To  revert  to  the  American  Uniform  Type  Committee 
in  191 3 — a  more  detailed  study  of  British  braille  seemed 
called  for.  A  careful  study  of  the  committee  treasury 
and  of  the  cost  of  travel  to  Great  Britain  and  other  finan- 
cial considerations  indicated  that  by  scrimping  painfully 
and  omitting  a  printed  report,  and  by  travelling  on  the 
steamship  at  the  lowest  possible  rate,  the  representatives 
of  the  committee  could  go  to  England  and  make  a  limited 
number  of  tests. 

On  the  day  before  leaving  for  England  Chairman 
Holmes  received  a  letter  from  Mr.  M.  C.  Migel  in  New 
York  expressing  his  interest  in  the  work  of  the  committee 
and  enclosing  a  check.  No  one  unacquainted  with  the 
zeal  of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee  members  can 
realize  what  this  sudden  discovery  of  such  a  financial  spon- 
sor meant  to  them.  Now  the  representatives  of  the  com- 
mittee could  travel  in  a  dignified,  comfortable  way  with 
resources  which  would  enable  them  to  visit  several  large 
centers  of  population  in  Great  Britain  where  a  sufficient 
number  of  blind  subjects  could  be  found  to  give  con- 
clusive results. 

The  representatives  of  the  committee  were  Messrs. 

36 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

Fowler  and  Latimer,  Miss  Howard  and  Mrs.  Fowler. 
They  sailed  in  the  early  summer  of  19 14,  and  their  stay 
in  England  coincided  with  the  International  Conference 
on  the  Blind  in  London. 

Several  other  persons  intimately  familiar  with  the 
work  of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee  were  also  in 
attendance.  The  delegates  were  most  cordially  received 
by  workers  for  the  blind  in  Great  Britain,  who  gave  full 
support  to  the  investigations  carried  on  by  the  commit- 
tee. Upon  its  return  to  America  the  work  was  begun  on 
the  development  of  the  proposed  Standard  Dot  system. 

In  19 1 5  the  convention  of  the  American  Association 
of  Workers  for  the  Blind  was  scheduled  for  Berkeley, 
California,  mainly  to  give  its  members  an  opportunity  to 
visit  also  the  Panama  Pacific  Exposition  held  in  San 
Francisco,  across  the  Bay.  The  sister  association,  the 
American  Association  of  Instructors  of  the  Blind  for  the 
same  reason  had  postponed  for  one  year  its  convention 
originally  scheduled  for  19 14,  and  had  decided  to  hold  a 
joint  meeting  with  the  American  Association  of  Workers 
for  the  Blind.  Before  the  two  associations  the  Uniform 
Type  Committee  reported  the  completion  of  its  work 
on  the  development  of  the  Standard  Dot  code  and  rec- 
ommended its  adoption  for  general  use.  The  American 
Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  accepted  the  report 
and  adopted  the  new  system.  The  American  Association 
of  Instructors  of  the  Blind,  composed  mostly  of  seeing 
executives,  was  a  little  more  cautious.  It  voted  to  accept 
the  Standard  Dot  system  only  on  condition  that  the 
British  type  authorities  would  do  likewise. 

The  report  also  recommended  that  the  Uniform  Type 
Committee  be  forthwith  discharged,  as  its  work  was 
considered  finished.  This  was  done,  and  in  its  place  the 

37 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

two  associations  created  the  Commission  on  Uniform 
Type  for  the  Blind  to  carry  on  the  work. 

Miss  H.  C.  Russell  was  present  at  this  meeting,  repre- 
senting the  National  Institute  for  the  Blind  in  Great 
Britain.  She  was  not  overly  optimistic  about  the  accept- 
ance of  the  new  code  by  her  British  countrymen. 

As  one  looks  back  on  it  now,  in  the  light  of  what  has 
happened  since,  it  was  naive  of  any  of  this  group  to 
think  that  the  practical,  hard-headed  British  authorities 
in  control  for  the  blind,  who  were  perfectly  satisfied 
with  the  type  they  then  had,  would  accept  any  such 
proposal.  As  recently  as  1905  the  British  had  revised 
their  code  and  at  great  expense  had  scrapped  their  old 
system  of  contractions  upon  the  recommendation  of  a 
committee  that  had  given  long  study  to  the  subject. 
However,  in  a  spirit  of  innocent  optimism,  Standard 
Dot  was  seriously  proposed  as  a  worldwide  type  for  the 
English-speaking  blind.  The  British  studied  the  code  and 
while  the  official  correspondence  on  the  subject  was 
polite,  they  popularly  dubbed  it  "Standard  Rot"  and 
would  have  none  of  it. 

Under  the  date  of  December  15,  191 5  Mr.  W.  M. 
Stone,  Headmaster  of  the  Craigmillar  School  for  the 
Blind  in  Edinburgh,  wrote  an  open  letter  to  Mr.  H.  R. 
Latimer,  Secretary  of  the  new  American  Commission  on 
Uniform  Type  for  the  Blind,  which  was  obviously  in- 
tended largely  for  home  consumption.  This  letter  which 
was  published  in  the  British  periodical  Teacher  of  the 
Blind  for  January,  191 6,  read  in  part  as  follows:  "What 
is  it  that  you  claim  for  Standard  Dot?  I  know  what  you 
will  reply — uniformity,  increase  of  accuracy,  increase  of 
speed.  Well,  we  want  uniformity,  we  want  it  badly;  but 
we  think  there  are  other  ways  of  reaching  it.  There 

38 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

would  be  uniformity  if  you  adopted  British  braille.  There 
are  more  readers  of  British  than  of  any  other  system  of 
punctography.  People  frequently  talk  as  if  British  braille 
was  the  concern  only  of  those  living  in  the  British  Isles. 
It  is  the  system  of  the  blind  of  Australia,  New  Zealand, 
South  Africa,  Canada  and  India.  It  is  as  nearly  identical 
with  the  braille  of  European  countries  as  differences  of 
language  make  possible,  and  it  is  actually  read  by  great 
numbers  of  every  European  country.  Therefore,  if  uni- 
formity is  to  be  the  great  gain,  it  is  only  reasonable  to 
ask  you  to  conform  to  our  system.  With  regard  to  in- 
crease of  accuracy,  I  must  candidly  say  I  think  that 
accuracy  after  reaching  a  certain  point  is  of  little  impor- 
tance. I  find  that  blind  people,  children  or  adults,  read 
quite  as  accurately  as  seeing  people.  And  the  gain  you 
show  in  accuracy  is  so  very  small,  only  two  per  cent.  You 
see  I  am  accepting  your  figures,  but  it  must  be  remem- 
bered they  are  only  theoretically  obtained,  no  actual 
tests  between  the  two  systems  have  been  taken.  There 
remains  speed,  which  is  equivalent  to  fluency.  I  think 
this  is  much  more  important  than  accuracy,  for  without 
ease  there  is  no  pleasure  and  without  pleasure  there  is 
little  real  reading.  Well,  what  is  your  claim  for  this  point? 
Only  a  gain  of  six  per  cent.  It  comes  to  this,  then,  so 
far  as  I  have  been  able  to  work  it  out,  that  the  sacrifices 
are  what  I  have  stated,  and  the  gain  is  problematic  in- 
crease of  speed.  .  .  ." 

The  universality  in  the  use  of  British  braille  implied 
in  Mr.  Stone's  letter  was  not  as  significant  as  it  sounds. 
There  were  probably  less  than  five  hundred  braille  read- 
ers in  all  of  India  and  the  combined  reading  blind  popu- 
lations of  New  Zealand,  Australia,  South  Africa  and  a 
small  section  of  Canada  using  British  braille  was  prob- 

39 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

ably  not  greater  than  the  reading  blind  population  of 
New  York  and  Pennsylvania.  Furthermore,  about  all 
that  was  common  in  braille  between  Great  Britain  and 
the  European  countries  he  refers  to  was  the  alphabet, 
and  Standard  Dot  utilized  the  British  braille  alphabet. 

Two  days  later  (December  17,  191 5)  Mr.  Stone 
wrote  a  personal  letter  to  Mr.  Latimer  which  included 
the  following  paragraph:  "I  am  so  sorry  that  Standard 
Dot  appears  to  us  in  this  country  impossible  of  accept- 
ance. We  don't  doubt  for  a  minute  that  it  is  a  very  good 
system,  but  then  so  is  British  braille,  and  why  should  we 
change  to  gain  so  little?" 

In  the  United  States,  also,  Standard  Dot  met  with  little 
enthusiasm.  It  was  clear  within  a  few  months  that  with- 
out British  participation  the  new  code  would  never  go 
into  practical  use.  It  was  evident  to  the  most  optimistic 
of  Standard  Dot  devotees  that  there  was  no  hope  of 
arriving  at  a  uniform  code  based  on  anything  but  British 
Revised  braille.  Mr.  Latimer,  Secretary  of  the  commis- 
sion, wrote  a  letter  dated  January  8,  19 16  to  Mr.  Henry 
Stainsby  of  Great  Britain  reporting  on  a  recent  meeting 
of  the  Commission  on  Uniform  Type.  In  this  letter  he 
stated  that  it  was  the  unanimous  opinion  of  the  commis- 
sion that  cooperation  with  Great  Britain  as  to  securing  one 
uniform  type  for  the  blind  of  the  English-speaking  world 
was  still  the  paramount  aim  of  the  commission.  He  also 
stated  that  the  commission  would  like  to  know,  should 
the  Americans  undertake  the  adoption  of  the  British 
braille  system  as  the  uniform  type  of  the  English-speak- 
ing world,  would  the  British  official  representatives  be 
willing  to  undertake  the  improvement  of  the  British 
braille  system  in  so  far  as  contractions,  capitalizations, 
etc.,  were  concerned? 

40 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

He  reported  that  the  commission  had  appointed  a  sub- 
committee consisting  of  Messrs.  Olin  H.  Burritt,  M.  C. 
Migel  and  H.  R.  Latimer  to  take  this  matter  up  at  once 
with  Great  Britain  and  suggested  that  the  British  appoint 
a  similar  committee  that  would  be  thoroughly  representa- 
tive and  official. 

The  British  took  steps  immediately  to  set  up  a  cor- 
responding committee.  At  the  request  of  the  British 
committee  the  commission  proposed  certain  changes  in 
the  British  braille  system  which  in  its  opinion  would  not 
cause  too  much  confusion  to  those  already  using  the 
recently  Revised  British  braille  but  which  would  make 
it  much  more  palatable  to  the  American  students  of  the 
subject. 

The  American  educators  objected  especially  to  certain 
abbreviations  and  contractions,  upon  the  theory  that  it 
would  make  blind  finger-readers  poor  spellers  when  they 
came  to  writing  on  the  typewriter.  The  Americans  also 
felt  that  the  large  number  of  contractions  and  abbrevia- 
tions would  be  too  difficult  for  many  blind  people  to 
master. 

The  American  subcommittee  suggested  that  the  cus- 
tomary rules  for  capitalization  in  inkprint  be  observed 
instead  of  disregarding  capitalization  altogether,  as  was 
the  custom  in  British  braille  books.  To  Americans  it 
seemed  probable  that  British  publishers  would  not  have 
fallen  into  the  practice  of  omitting  capitalization  entirely 
if  it  had  not  been  for  the  fact  that  the  two-dot  capital 
sign  in  British  braille  was  so  obtrusive  as  radically  to 
alter  the  word  form.  The  committee  also  recommended 
that  a  few  contractions  having  a  very  low  frequency  of 
recurrence,  and  many  which  had  been  demonstrated  by 
the  Uniform  Type  Committee's  tests  as  having  a  low 

41 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

degree  of  legibility,  be  deleted  from  the  Revised  braille 
code.  Among  the  former  were  such  characters  as  the 
sign  for  "Christ,"  "Lord,"  "unto,"  etc.,  which  were  ob- 
viously designed  to  take  care  of  words  recurring  with 
great  frequency  in  religious  literature;  and  among  the 
latter  were  such  characters  as  those  for  "still,"  "child," 
"enough,"  etc.  The  committee  further  recommended 
that  fourteen  others  which  effected  a  space  saving  of 
less  than  two  hundredths  of  one  per  cent  be  omitted 
as  imposing  a  burden  on  new  learners  out  of  proportion 
to  their  space  saving  value,  and  that  Roman  numerals 
be  followed  by  a  period  instead  of  an  apostrophe. 

Receiving  no  immediate  reply  from  the  British  com- 
mittee the  American  Commission  on  Uniform  Type 
decided  to  cover  itself  by  obtaining  some  additional  au- 
thority from  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of 
the  Blind  at  its  convention  which  met  in  Halifax  in  June, 
191 6.  The  commission  recommended  that  that  association 
adopt  Revised  Braille  grades  1  and  2  as  authorized  in 
Great  Britain,  provided  however,  that  the  duly  authorized 
English  committee  come  to  a  full  agreement  with  the 
American  Commission  on  Uniform  Type  for  the  Blind 
concerning  such  modifications  in  Revised  braille  as  had 
been  proposed  by  the  American  commission  or  as  might 
be  proposed  by  either  the  American  commission  or  the 
English  committee. 

The  commission  further  recommended  that  it  be  con- 
tinued and  that  it  be  expanded  to  include  representatives 
of  residential  schools,  public  schools  having  classes  for 
the  blind,  home  teachers,  embossed  printing  presses  and 
libraries  for  the  blind. 

These  recommendations  were  approved  by  the  As- 
sociation. 

42 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  in  all  this  work  the 
British  authorities  in  the  world  of  the  blind  were  handi- 
capped by  the  disruption  caused  by  the  first  world  war 
which  during  191 6  and  19 17  was  absorbing  most  of  the 
thought  and  energy  of  the  British  people.  This  accounts 
in  a  large  measure  for  the  long  delays  which  sometimes 
occurred  between  the  transmission  of  American  pro- 
posals and  the  British  action  on  them.  However,  British 
interest  in  the  subject  of  uniformity  was  evinced  in  the 
formation  of  the  National  Uniform  Type  Committee 
on  July  28,  19 1 6,  with  Sir  Arthur  Pearson,  of  St.  Dun- 
stan's  fame,  as  chairman. 

In  March,  19 17  the  Commission  on  Uniform  Type 
received  a  letter  from  Sir  Arthur  Pearson  which  reads 
in  part  as  follows:  "...  The  suggested  changes  in  braille 
contained  in  your  report  of  March,  19 16  have  been 
carefully  considered  ...  by  the  National  Uniform  Type 
Committee  as  a  whole. 

"It  appears  to  us  that  many  of  the  suggestions  of  your 
committee  have  been  made  with  a  view  to  eliminating 
certain  difficulties  which  are  assumed  to  exist,  but  our 
experience  of  British  braille  leads  us  to  believe  that  these 
difficulties  have  assumed  a  rather  exaggerated  importance 
in  your  consideration.  .  .  . 

"The  National  Uniform  Type  Committee  is  quite 
cognisant  of  the  fact  that  the  present  system  of  British 
braille  is  capable  of  improvement  but  their  experience 
leads  them  to  the  belief  that  improvement  does  not  lie 
along  the  lines  suggested  in  your  report. 

"We  deeply  regret  that  after  long  and  most  careful 
consideration  we  have  been  forced  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  proposed  changes  would  not  be  acceptable  to  users 
of  British  braille,  and  would  tend  rather  to  weaken  the 

43 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

system  than  to  strengthen  it.  They  seem  to  us  indeed  to 
be,  if  we  may  say  so,  of  a  minor  and  somewhat  vexatious 
nature  which,  while  of  sufficient  importance  to  derange 
existing  knowledge  of  braille,  are  not  of  real  value  in 
securing  its  perfection.  .  .  . 

"We  shall,  of  course,  be  most  happy  to  consider  any 
further  suggestions  which  due  consideration  may  lead 
you  to  offer,  and  we  once  more  assure  you  of  our  earnest 
desire  to  arrive  at  conclusions  which  will  benefit  the 
English-speaking  blind  community  in  the  manner  which 
we  both  desire." 

The  British  committee  did  not  vouchsafe  for  the  con- 
sideration of  the  American  commission  any  changes  in 
the  braille  system  which  might  be  acceptable  to  them  as 
improvements. 

Failing  to  obtain  any  concessions  whatever  from  the 
British  braille  authorities,  the  commission  decided  that 
America  should  go  it  alone  for  the  time  being.  Its  recom- 
mendations to  the  American  Association  of  Workers  for 
the  Blind  at  its  19 17  convention  in  Portland,  Maine  were 
designed  to  bring  about  the  adoption  of  a  uniform  type 
for  the  United  States  which  would  be  entirely  legible  to 
British  readers  and  at  the  same  time  leave  the  way  open 
for  future  negotiations  to  bring  about  the  addition  to  the 
American  system  of  as  much  of  the  temporarily  rejected 
portion  of  Revised  braille  grade  2  as  might  later  be  agreed 
upon.  To  this  end  the  following  recommendations  were 
made  to  and  adopted  by  the  American  Association  of 
Workers  for  the  Blind: 

That  the  association,  in  adopting  this  report,  expresses 
its  earnest  desire  to  have  the  question  of  uniform  type 
settled  without  further  delay. 

44 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

That  the  commission  be  authorized  to  draw  up,  as  soon 
as  possible,  a  form  of  "Revised  Braille"  based  upon  the 
present  grades  i  and  2  to  be  designated  for  the  present 
as  grade  il/2. 

That  the  said  grade  1  V2  shall  consist  of  the  alphabet, 
punctuation  marks,  numerals,  and  all  single-cell  contrac- 
tions of  grade  2,  except  such  few  characters  as  for  special 
reasons  it  may  seem  wise  to  revise  (such  as  the  substitu- 
tion of  dot  6  for  the  present  capital  sign)  with  the  under- 
standing that  no  new  contractions  be  introduced. 

That  the  joint  commission  as  now  constituted  shall  be 
a  permanent  board  vested  with  final  authority  in  matters 
pertaining  to  uniform  type;  and  that  all  printing  houses 
be  urged  to  conform  to  its  rulings  in  actual  practice. 

In  191 8  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of 
the  Blind  also  endorsed  the  work  of  the  Commission  on 
Uniform  Type,  and  thus  the  commission  was  set  up  as 
a  preliminary  board  vested  with  the  final  authority  in 
matters  pertaining  to  uniform  type  for  the  blind. 

The  commission,  acting  under  its  delegated  powers, 
now  officially  adopted  for  use  in  the  United  States  Re- 
vised braille  grade  1 1/2  as  the  uniform  type  for  the  blind 
of  America,  while  utilizing  mathematical  and  chemical 
notations  of  the  British  as  standard. 

The  following  year  the  commission  agreed  that  the 
British  key  to  the  braille  music  notation  together  with 
such  additions  and  amplifications  authorized  by  the  Na- 
tional Institute  for  the  Blind  in  London,  should  be  the 
standard,  except  that  the  text  to  be  published  in  the 
United  States  should  conform  in  its  verbal  text  to  grade 
1 1/2  of  Revised  braille.  So  far  as  America  was  concerned, 
it  now  had  a  uniform  type  which  it  believed  would  be 

45 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

equally  usable  by  British  and  American  finger-readers. 
Experience,  however,  showed  that  the  British  made  com- 
paratively little  use  of  American  books  partly  because 
the  libraries  for  the  blind  of  Great  Britain  did  not  offer 
many  such  books  to  the  readers  and  partly  because  facile 
readers  of  grade  2  in  England  were  slowed  down  in  their 
reading  by  the  fact  that  grade  1 1/2 ,  by  the  omission  of 
so  many  contractions,  presented  to  the  finger  in  prac- 
tically every  sentence  several  words  which  had  an  alto- 
gether different  form  from  that  to  which  the  reader  was 
accustomed.  Obviously,  there  was  much  yet  to  be  done 
before  the  benefits  of  a  uniform  type  for  the  English- 
speaking  world  could  be  enjoyed. 

In  191 9  the  Commission  on  Uniform  Type  asked  the 
American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind  to  employ  a 
competent  man  to  make  decisions  regarding  the  various 
phases  of  work  involved  in  printing  for  the  blind,  the 
standardization  of  printing,  etc.,  use  of  types,  etc.,  said 
man  to  be  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  technical 
and  educational  problems  involved  in  printing  embossed 
books  and  the  manufacture  of  apparatus  for  the  blind. 
This  man  was  supposed  to  act  on  all  technical  and  edu- 
cational questions  in  conjunction  with  a  joint  committee 
to  be  appointed  respectively  by  the  trustees  of  the  Amer- 
ican Printing  House  for  the  Blind  and  the  Commission 
on  Uniform  Type  for  the  Blind.  The  failure  of  the 
trustees  of  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind 
to  pass  favorably  upon  this  request  made  it  incumbent 
upon  the  chairman  of  the  commission  to  appoint  various 
subcommittees  to  carry  on  the  work  contemplated. 

One  of  these  subcommittees  was  concerned  with  in- 
ternational unity.  One  more  attempt  was  made  to  win 
British  cooperation.  Mr.  Burritt  and  Mr.  Latimer  wrote 

46 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

a  joint  letter  in  behalf  of  the  commission  to  the  British 
authorities  reporting  that  a  new  subcommittee  had  been 
appointed  to  act  with  the  British  as  an  international  sub- 
committee on  uniform  type.  Nothing  came  of  this  be- 
yond an  invitation  to  come  to  England  to  study  their 
braille  reproducing  processes  which,  according  to  Sir 
Arthur,  had  then  reached  a  "state  bordering  on  per- 
fection." 

The  American  blind  were  tired,  however,  of  changes. 
Many  still  living  had  first  learned  linetype,  then  New 
York  Point,  then  American  braille,  then  Revised  braille 
grade  1 1/2 .  The  rank  and  file  of  finger  readers  had  a  good 
deal  of  sympathy  with  a  speaker  at  one  of  the  national 
conventions  who  in  a  burst  of  oratory  said,  "If  anyone 
invents  a  new  system  of  printing  for  the  blind,  shoot 
him  on  the  spot."  It  was  deemed  wise  therefore  to  let  the 
discussion  of  complete  uniformity  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain  lie  dormant  for  awhile. 

In  1922  the  Commission  on  Uniform  Type  gave  its 
report  to  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of  the 
Blind  and  recommended  that  it  be  discontinued  and  that 
its  powers  be  delegated  to  the  newly  organized  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind.  The  same  recommendation 
was  made  by  the  Commission  on  Uniform  Type  to  the 
American  Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  at  its 
convention  in  Janesville  in  1923.  The  recommendation 
was  adopted  and  the  Foundation  accepted  the  responsi- 
bility. It,  however,  exercised  its  powers  with  great  reserve 
because  it  felt  that  the  instructors'  association  whose 
members  controlled  most  of  the  braille  printing  in  the 
United  States  had  not  acted  entirely  favorably  upon  the 
delegation  of  authority.  It  was  natural  that  the  printing 
houses  and  the  men  who  controlled  them  should  be  con- 

47 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

servative  about  making  any  more  changes  in  the  braille 
system.  The  abandonment  of  New  York  Point  and 
American  braille  had  been  a  costly  action  as  it  meant  the 
scrapping  of  a  supply  of  tens  of  thousands  of  braille 
plates  which  had  been  manufactured  at  so  much  expense 
over  so  many  years. 

The  American  Printing  House,  in  the  meantime,  went 
forward  with  the  publication  of  a  new  set  of  textbooks 
and  supplementary  reading  matter  in  braille  grade  \l/2. 
Most  current  magazines  adopted  grade  1 l/2  and  practi- 
cally all  the  books  of  any  kind  published  for  the  blind 
in  the  United  States  between  191 7  and  1932  were  in  this 
grade  of  braille.  The  matter  was  left  dormant  until  the 
late  1920's  when  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 
began  to  study  the  relative  merits  of  grade  1 1/2  and  grade 
2  from  a  somewhat  new  standpoint. 

Investigation  showed  that  grade  2  occupied  some 
twelve  per  cent  to  fourteen  per  cent  less  space  than 
grade  1 l/2  and  could  be  written  with  the  use  of  a  sub- 
stantial percentage  of  fewer  dots.  Furthermore,  the  ad- 
vantages of  interchanging  books  with  Great  Britain 
where  large  numbers  of  interesting  titles  were  being 
produced  each  year,  could  not  further  be  ignored.  While 
the  British  readers  looked  longingly  at  the  rapidly  grow- 
ing selection  of  titles  in  grade  1 1/2 ,  they  claimed  that 
they  could  not  read  it  as  rapidly  as  grade  2.  At  first  the 
Americans  felt  that  the  contention  that  grade  1 1/2  could 
not  be  read  as  rapidly  as  grade  2  by  experienced  grade 
2  readers  was  just  an  illustration  of  British  obstinacy. 
However,  there  was  a  psychological  basis  for  this  British 
contention.  Rapid  finger-readers,  like  visual  readers,  do 
not  spell  out  words  character  by  character;  they  come 
to  recognize  many  common  words,  especially  short  ones, 

48 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

by  their  word  form.  Many  words  as  written  in  grade  2 
have  an  entirely  different  word  form  than  the  same  word 
in  grade  1  y2.  For  example,  "nation"  in  grade  2  using  an 
"n"  followed  by  the  two  cell  contractions  for  "ation" 
contains  only  three  braille  characters,  whereas  "nation" 
written  in  grade  1 1/2  contains  six  characters. 

As  a  result  of  this  psychological  objection,  aggravated 
probably  by  a  certain  amount  of  prejudices,  few  grade 
1 1/2  books  were  used  in  England  except  by  students  and 
other  avid  readers  who  were  willing  to  tolerate  the  an- 
noyances of  grade  1 1/2  for  the  sake  of  being  able  to  read 
certain  titles  not  available  in  grade  2. 

Some  of  the  younger  blind  men  in  Great  Britain  as 
early  as  1929  began  urging  that  something  be  done  to 
meet  the  Americans  part  way  in  order  to  bring  about  a 
uniform  braille  code.  In  that  year  the  writer,  who  had 
then  been  appointed  the  executive  director  of  the  Amer- 
ican Foundation  for  the  Blind,  stopped  in  London  on  his 
way  to  an  International  Conference  on  Work  for  the 
Blind  in  Vienna.  He  found  that  the  British  authorities 
were  willing  to  make  a  few  modifications  to  grade  2  if 
these  modifications  did  not  involve  any  particular  incon- 
venience to  their  readers.  They  were  also  willing  to 
consider  the  dropping  of  a  few  signs  which  were  origi- 
nally included  because  of  their  frequency  of  recurrence 
in  religious  literature,  such  as  the  sign  for  "Christ,"  etc. 
It  was  apparent,  however,  that  few  concessions  would  be 
made  to  appease  the  American  reader. 

The  author,  upon  his  return  to  the  United  States, 
launched  a  campaign  among  blind  people  to  sell  the  idea 
that  uniformity  was  worth  one  more  sacrifice.  It  was 
pointed  out  that  so  long  as  there  was  lack  of  uniformity 
between  the  British  and  Americans,  the  subject  was 

49 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


bound  to  keep  cropping  up.  Mass  meetings  of  the  blind 
were  held  all  over  the  country.  Thousands  were  ad- 
dressed on  the  subject.  It  was  most  gratifying  to  find 
how  large  a  proportion  were  willing  once  more  to  un- 
dergo the  inconvenience  of  learning  a  new  system  for 
the  sake  of  stopping  the  waste  resulting  from  duplication. 

Perhaps  the  most  cautious  among  those  interested  in 
the  subject  were  the  seeing  superintendents  who  con- 
trolled the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind. 
When  they  learned  that  the  executive  director  of  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  was  in  England 
sounding  out  the  British  authorities  on  the  possibility  of 
making  some  concessions  to  bring  about  the  adoption  of 
a  uniform  type,  a  committee  of  the  American  Printing 
House,  the  board  of  trustees,  composed  principally  of 
men  who  were  also  trustees  of  the  American  Foundation 
for  the  Blind,  sent  the  director  a  cable,  a  copy  of  which 
does  not  seem  now  to  be  extant.  However,  the  substance 
of  the  cablegram,  which  was  concocted  at  a  meeting  in 
Louisville,  Kentucky,  was  as  follows,  "We  are  not  sure 
what  you  are  doing  in  your  effort  to  bring  about  inter- 
national braille  uniformity,  but  whatever  it  is,  please 
desist."  Fortunately  for  the  director's  peace  of  mind  the 
cablegram  did  not  reach  him  until  his  conferences  with 
the  British  authorities  were  over. 

At  the  World  Conference  on  Work  for  the  Blind  held 
in  New  York  in  1931  some  of  the  British  delegates  ex- 
pressed themselves  as  interested  in  greater  braille  uni- 
formity. There  were  many  informal  discussions  of  the 
subject  between  the  American  and  British  though  noth- 
ing official  was  done.  The  fact  that  during  that  year  the 
United  States  Federal  Government  began  an  annual  ap- 
propriation of  $100,000  to  meet  the  cost  of  printing  books 

50 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

for  the  adult  blind  was  probably  not  without  influence 
with  the  more  canny  British  representatives  of  the  blind. 
Therefore,  when  the  formal  approach  to  a  new  con- 
sideration was  made  by  the  American  Foundation  for 
the  Blind  the  British  were  ready  to  receive  the  Ameri- 
cans with  cordiality  but  not  prepared  to  make  much  in 
the  way  of  concessions. 

In  1932,  public  opinion  had  shifted  to  such  an  extent 
that  a  committee  of  three  was  appointed,  commissioned 
both  by  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of  the 
Blind  and  the  American  Association  of  Workers  for  the 
Blind  to  go  to  England  with  plenary  powers  to  agree 
upon  a  uniform  braille  code. 

On  July  19,  1932  the  agreement  sometimes  referred 
to  as  the  Treaty  of  London  was  signed  by  the  repre- 
sentatives of  the  blind  of  Great  Britain  and  of  the  United 
States.  A  key  to  the  slightly  modified  code  was  drawn 
up  in  London  before  the  committee  adjourned.  The  bur- 
den of  the  job  was  borne  principally  by  Louis  W.  Roden- 
berg  of  the  American  committee  and  Miss  D.  A.  Pain 
in  behalf  of  the  British. 

What  changes  were  made  by  this  agreement?  Not 
many,  so  far  as  British  braille  was  concerned.  The  more 
or  less  valuable  religious  signs  were  dropped  so  far  as  gen- 
eral usage  was  concerned  though  they  were  permitted 
in  religious  books.  Publishers  were  directed  to  be  more 
careful  about  not  bridging  syllable  divisions  with  con- 
tractions. Roman  numerals  were  to  be  followed  by  a 
period,  not  an  apostrophe.  Capitalization  was  made  op- 
tional with  the  publisher.  The  British  two-dot  capital 
sign  and  the  one-dot  italic  sign  were  interchanged.  The 
British  raised  little  objection  to  switching  the  capital  sign 

51 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

and  the  italic  sign  because  in  general  they  didn't  intend 
to  make  much  use  of  them  anyway. 

Grade  2  was  now  ready  for  general  use  in  the  United 
States.  The  Library  of  Congress,  which  pays  for  the 
publication  of  most  of  the  braille  books  embossed  for 
blind  adults  in  the  United  States,  adopted  the  new  grade 
2  immediately. 

The  Treaty  of  London  was  confirmed  by  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  at  its  meeting 
in  Richmond  in  1933,  and  by  the  American  Association 
of  Instructors  of  the  Blind  in  St.  Louis,  Missouri  the  fol- 
lowing year.  The  American  Printing  House  adopted  the 
Standard  English  braille  grade  2  for  its  junior  and  senior 
high  school  textbooks. 

Upon  the  unsubstantiated  dictum  that  the  use  of  con- 
tractions makes  bad  spellers,  and  upon  the  contention  that 
grade  2  contains  so  many  contractions  and  abbreviations 
that  it  is  too  difficult  for  the  primary  pupil  to  learn,  the 
authorities  of  the  American  Printing  House  were  very 
slow  to  publish  lower  grade  books  in  any  code  more  con- 
tracted than  grade  1 1/2 .  Gradually,  however,  grade  2  was 
extended  downward  until  since  1950  few  books  except 
for  children  of  the  first  grade  are  published  in  grade  1 1/2 . 
This  slow  adoption  of  Standard  English  braille  grade  2 
has  probably  resulted  in  a  generation  of  poor  braille 
readers,  because  the  method  of  teaching  reading  has 
forced  children  to  familiarize  themselves  with  three  suc- 
cessive groups  of  word  forms;  first,  the  word  form  pre- 
sented to  the  finger  by  grade  1  (full  spelling)  used  in  the 
lower,  primary  grades;  second,  the  word  form  of  grade 
1 1/2  used  in  books  below  junior  high  school;  and  third, 
the  word  forms  of  grade  2  in  which  books  to  be  used  by 
most  adults  are  printed. 

52 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

During  all  this  discussion,  great  hopes  were  held  that 
uniformity  would  prevent  duplication  and  bring  about 
a  cooperation  among  American  and  British  publishers 
that  would  make  the  available  funds  purchase  much  more 
extensive  libraries.  It  was  hoped  that  in  some  way  some 
kind  of  physical  exchange  of  books  would  be  worked 
out.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  while  the  Treaty  of  London  was 
being  negotiated  a  representative  of  the  American  Print- 
ing House  and  a  representative  of  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress went  to  London  to  discuss  with  the  braille  book 
publishers  of  that  country  methods  of  exchange  of  books. 
The  basis  of  exchange  was  agreed  upon,  but  were  never 
carried  out  in  more  than  a  token  fashion.  Some  few  books 
were  exchanged,  and  in  a  few  instances  the  braille  plates 
of  one  country  were  loaned  to  the  printing  houses  of  the 
other  country  so  that  books  could  be  printed  without 
the  actual  exchange  of  money.  The  whole  matter  was 
somewhat  complicated  by  restrictions  placed  upon  the 
British  authorities  in  buying  abroad.  In  America  the  Li- 
brary of  Congress  has  felt  hampered  by  a  prejudice 
against  the  spending  of  American  tax  dollars  for  British 
books  when  the  same  books  could  be  manufactured  in 
this  country  if  enough  money  were  paid  for  them;  that  is, 
if  the  Library  of  Congress,  who  might  want  ten  or  fifteen 
copies  of  a  book,  would  be  willing  to  pay  enough  for 
those  books  to  meet  the  cost  of  making  plates,  the  books 
could  be  made  in  the  United  States  and  the  American 
money  kept  at  home. 

The  printing  houses  for  the  blind  in  this  country  must 
bear  some  responsibility  for  the  fact  that  this  exchange  did 
not  work.  They  were  anxious  to  keep  their  plants  running 
at  full  capacity,  and  resented  seeing  part  of  the  federal 
appropriation  for  books  for  the  blind  spent  in  England. 

53 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

But  this  was  not  the  only  reason  why  the  exchange  of 
books  never  became  active.  The  Library  of  Congress  had 
hoped  that  the  American  Printing  House,  or  some  other 
agency  for  the  blind,  would  obtain  British  books  in  ex- 
change for  American  books  and  then  sell  these  British 
books  to  the  Library  of  Congress.  As  the  American  Print- 
ing House  and  other  American  braille  publishers  had  no 
desire  to  tie  up  their  money  in  stocks  of  British-made 
books  which  they  had  no  binding  assurance  would  be 
purchased  by  the  Library  of  Congress,  nothing  was  done 
about  it. 

This  whole  matter  could  be  solved  by  the  Library  of 
Congress  if  it  would  face  the  criticism  of  a  policy  of 
spending  money  abroad  and  would  purchase  such  of  its 
required  books  from  England  as  are  already  published  in 
braille  in  that  country. 

Perhaps  this  will  not  take  place  until  someone  puts  be- 
hind this  idea  something  of  the  drive  which  brought  about 
the  adoption  of  a  uniform  type  for  the  English-speaking 
world.  Doubtless,  sooner  or  later,  someone  will  take  this 
matter  up  aggressively  and  put  an  end  to  the  duplication 
of  books  published  in  braille  in  the  United  States  and 
Great  Britain. 

In  this  connection,  it  may  be  contended  that  British- 
made  braille  books  will  never  be  as  popular  in  the  United 
States  as  they  could  be  until  British  publishers  print  their 
books  properly  capitalized  as  judged  by  standards  for 
inkprint  books. 

We  in  America  have  been  critical  of  the  British  for 
not  collaborating  with  the  Americans  in  the  development 
of  a  uniform  type  for  the  blind  people  of  both  the  British 
Empire  and  the  United  States.  The  Americans,  however, 
have  not  been  entirely  without  blame.  For  example,  as 

54 


THE    WAR    OF    THE    DOTS 

early  as  1902  Dr.  F.  J.  Campbell,  later  Sir  Francis  Camp- 
bell, wrote  a  letter  in  behalf  of  the  British  Braille  Com- 
mittee to  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of  the 
Blind  which  was  meeting  in  Raleigh,  North  Carolina.  It 
read  in  part  as  follows:  "During  the  last  week  in  April  a 
large  and  influential  conference  was  held  in  London  un- 
der the  auspices  of  the  Gardner's  Trust  for  the  Blind.  .  .  . 

"Among  many  subjects  which  were  discussed  at  the 
conference  the  great  need  of  a  uniform  system  of  read- 
ing and  writing  for  the  blind  was  felt  to  be  of  such  im- 
portance that  a  representative  committee  was  appointed 
to  carefully  consider  the  methods  now  in  use  in  this 
country  and  in  America,  and  to  adopt,  if  possible,  some 
system  which  from  its  simplicity  and  general  excellence 
would  be  acceptable  throughout  the  English-speaking 
world. 

"...  We  hope  that  your  conference  may  result  in  great 
benefit  to  the  blind  in  the  United  States,  and  we  welcome 
the  opportunity  of  commending  to  you  this  difficult  prob- 
lem which  we  have  been  requested  to  consider. 

"We  trust  that  the  convention  will  appoint  a  represen- 
tative committee  to  correspond  and  exchange  views  with 
the  English  committee,  in  the  hope  that  our  joint  delibera- 
tion may  finally  evolve  a  system  which  will  be  acceptable 
to  both  countries.  .  .  . 

"The  adoption  of  one  system  of  point  writing  for  the 
English-speaking  world  will  cheapen  books  and  bring 
the  embossed  literature  of  America,  the  United  Kingdom 
and  Colonies  into  common  use  among  the  blind.  .  .  ." 

This  letter  was  sent  to  Mr.  John  E.  Ray,  Superintend- 
ent of  the  North  Carolina  School  for  the  Blind  and  given 
by  him  to  Mr.  Benjamin  B.  Huntoon,  recording  secretary 
of  the  association.  Dr.  Campbell  said  at  the  1907  conven- 

55 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

tion  of  the  American  Association  of  Workers  for  the 
Blind  that  he  learned  later  that  Mr.  Huntoon  and  Mr. 
Wait,  chairman  of  the  executive  committee  of  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Instructors  of  the  Blind,  thought  it 
better  to  put  the  letter  away  without  reading  it  to  the 
convention. 

Thus,  both  sides  were  at  fault  during  the  long  struggle 
for  a  uniform  type  for  the  blind  for  the  English-speaking 
world. 


s* 


PROGRESS   IN 
BRAILLE   EMBOSSING 

SINCE      19OO 


Dr.  Irwin  was  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Research  and  Edu- 
cation of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  from  1923 
to  1929,  during  the  time  in  which  the  investigations  into 
interpoint  printing  of  braille  and  succeeding  experimenta- 
tions were  carried  on. 

Embossed  printing  for  the  blind  has  always  been  a  very 
expensive  process.  The  world  of  the  blind  owes  a  consider- 
able debt  of  gratitude  to  the  group  of  men  who  labored  so 
faithfully  to  bring  about  a  very  substantial  reduction  in  the 
cost  of  printing  for  the  blind. 


fter  the  invention  of  the  braille  stereotype- 
maker  which  made  possible  embossing  from 
metal  plates,  Dr.  Edward  E.  Allen  of  Per- 
kins Institution  and  his  printer,  Frank  C. 
Bryan,  continued  to  study  the  possibility 
of  further  lowering  the  cost  of  puncto- 
graphic  printing  and  reducing  the  bulk  of  embossed  books. 
Experiments  were  also  carried  on  at  the  New  York  In- 
stitute for  the  Education  of  the  Blind  under  the  inspira- 
tion of  William  Bell  Wait  and  at  the  American  Printing 
House  for  the  Blind  under  the  direction  of  Benjamin  B. 
Huntoon. 

Since  the  days  of  Valentin  Haiiy,  who  printed  the  first 
books  for  the  blind  in  Paris,  France,  embossers  of  books 
for  the  blind  were  troubled  by  the  fact  that  the  reverse 
side  of  the  page  from  that  read  by  the  blind  was  not  used. 
Haiiy  and  some  of  his  successors  for  a  century  or  more 
bound  their  books  in  such  a  way  that  the  thickness  of  the 
page  was  doubled  and  the  embossed  pages  laid  back  to 
back  in  the  volume. 

Sometimes  this  was  accomplished  by  pasting  the  pages 
together,  sometimes  by  merely  folding  them.  This  ac- 
complished little,  and  since  the  left  hand  page  is  never 
quite  as  easy  to  read  with  the  fingers  as  the  right  hand 
page  the  convenience  of  blind  people  was  sacrificed  pri- 
marily to  make  books  for  the  blind  look  a  little  more  like 
those  printed  for  seeing  people. 

In  both  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  experi- 


59 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

ments  were  conducted  in  interlining,  that  is,  embossing 
on  one  side  of  the  page  with  the  lines  a  little  further  apart 
than  necessary  for  convenient  reading,  and  by  embossing 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  page  between  the  lines  on  the 
first  side.  This  was  done  at  Overbrook,  at  the  New  York 
Institute,  and  at  the  American  Printing  House  for  the 
Blind  in  Louisville. 

Several  methods  of  doing  two-side  printing  were  tried 
out.  One  was  printing  from  a  single  plate  embossed  on 
both  sides  and  attached  to  a  corrugated  roller.  Another 
method  was  embossing  on  both  sides  of  a  single  plate 
and  printing  with  a  soft  rubber  roller  which  would  not 
only  permit  the  paper  to  be  embossed  by  the  raised  dots 
but  would  also  force  the  moist  paper  into  the  pits  in  the 
metal  sheet.  The  latter  case  proved  to  be  a  failure  be- 
cause the  trapped  air  in  these  pits  prevented  the  dots  from 
filling  the  entire  cavity.  Thus,  the  resulting  dots  were  of 
irregular  size.  A  third  way  and  the  one  finally  adopted 
with  improvements,  was  folding  the  thin  metal  plates  on 
which  the  original  embossing  was  done  and  stamping  the 
dots  through  the  two  sheets  produced  by  folding.  Paper 
could  then  be  inserted  between  the  two  folded  sheets, 
run  through  a  press  and  both  sides  printed  at  the  same 
time.  Fairly  satisfactory  printing  was  done  this  way,  and 
by  so  doing  nearly  a  third  more  printing  could  be  done 
with  the  same  amount  of  paper. 

Some  experimentation  was  also  conducted  in  what  is 
called  interpointing,  that  is,  embossing  on  the  reverse 
side  of  the  page  in  such  a  way  that  the  dots  on  the  reverse 
side  appeared  between  the  lines  and  also  between  the  dots 
on  the  first  page.  Theoretically  this  could  be  done  with- 
out spreading  the  lines  any  further  apart  than  was  neces- 
sary for  normal  printing  or  spreading  the  dots  any  more 

60 


BRAILLE     EMBOSSING 

than  was  necessary  for  one  side  printing.  Experiments 
had  been  conducted  at  Overbrook  with  this  method  of 
printing  and  in  1898  a  small  book  had  been  embossed  in 
this  way. 

Experience  with  this  form  of  interpointing,  however, 
showed  that  the  dots  embossed  on  one  side  of  the  page 
damaged  to  some  extent  the  dots  on  the  other  side  of  the 
page.  For  one  reason,  the  machinery  used  for  embossing 
was  not  sufficiently  precise  to  make  a  perfect  register. 
For  this  reason  attempts  to  do  interpointing  were  aban- 
doned for  some  years  and  attention  was  concentrated  on 
improving  the  interlining. 

Interpointing  was  done  in  Great  Britain  and  other 
European  countries  during  this  period,  but  damage  to 
letters  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  page  was  obviated  by 
spreading  the  dots  somewhat,  especially  in  a  vertical 
direction.  The  reason  why  printing  of  this  kind  was  not 
very  popular  in  the  United  States  was  probably  partly 
due  to  the  fact  that  American  braille  was  not  quite  as 
well  adapted  to  a  vertical  spreading  of  dots  as  was  Euro- 
pean braille. 

The  Matilda  Ziegler  Magazine  for  the  Blind,  however, 
which  was  started  in  March  1907,  was  because  of  its 
large  circulation  somewhat  more  concerned  about  econo- 
mizing on  paper  than  upon  a  highest  possible  degree  of 
legibility.  For  the  sake  of  getting  more  printed  material 
in  a  magazine  of  a  given  number  of  pages,  the  readers 
were  willing  to  sacrifice  something  in  facility  of  reading. 
But  the  interpointing  in  the  ephemeral  Ziegler  magazine 
was  not  considered  of  a  sufficiently  high  quality  to  war- 
rant printing  permanent  books  in  this  way. 

Furthermore,  there  was  opposition  to  the  use  of  inter- 
pointed  books  in  the  schools  for  other  reasons.  It  is  ex- 

61 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

tremely  hard  to  read  interpointing  by  sight  because  it  is 
difficult  to  distinguish  by  the  eye  between  raised  dots 
and  the  depressions  or  pits  of  the  dots  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  sheet.  Seeing  teachers,  therefore,  found  inter- 
pointing objectionable  in  textbooks.  It  was  also  con- 
tended that  the  pits  between  the  lines  and  between  the 
dots  were  sufficiently  noticeable  to  the  touch  to  cause 
some  difficulty  in  finger  reading.  However,  embossing  on 
both  sides  of  the  page  effected  something  like  a  forty 
per  cent  saving  in  bulk  and  theoretically  nearly  as  much 
in  cost. 

The  matter  was  the  subject  of  considerable  discussion 
down  to  1923  when  the  research  department  of  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  was  set  up.  The  new 
department  was  looking  around  for  a  significant  research 
problem  with  which  to  launch  its  activities.  Reduction  in 
cost  and  bulk  of  braille  books  seemed  the  most  challeng- 
ing subject  to  tackle. 

Tests  were  undertaken  immediately  to  determine  to 
what  extent  good  interpointing  would  retard  reading.  It 
was  assumed  that  machinery  could  be  developed  which 
would  emboss  equally  well  on  both  sides  of  the  sheet.  Test 
sheets  were  prepared  consisting  of  groups  of  nonsense 
words  and  straight  reading  matter.  Blind  people  were 
brought  into  the  New  York  Public  Library  one  at  a  time 
and  asked  to  read  aloud  while  a  trained  observer  timed  the 
reading  and  noted  errors  and  indications  of  hesitation. 
The  subjects  read  the  same  material  both  on  interpointed 
sheets  and  on  sheets  printed  on  one  side  of  the  page.  The 
results  showed  practically  no  difference  in  the  relative 
legibility  of  the  two  styles  of  printing. 

Where  there  was  some  apparent  difference,  it  indicated 
that  the  interpointing  was  read  with  slightly  less  speed 

62 


BRAILLE     EMBOSSING 

but  with  slightly  more  accuracy.  Apparently,  those  who 
were  not  familiar  with  the  interpoint  reading  material 
were  distracted  to  some  extent  by  the  pits  between  the 
lines,  but  this  slowing  down  seemed  to  give  more  time  for 
careful  reading. 

It  was  concluded,  as  a  result  of  these  tests,  that  inter- 
pointing  well  done  would  in  practice  affect  neither  speed 
nor  accuracy  after  the  reader  had  had  a  little  experience 
with  reading  it. 

The  research  director  of  the  Foundation  decided  that 
if  interpointing  and  one  side  printing  were  equally  legi- 
ble, the  savings  in  bulk  and  cost  of  manufacture  far  off- 
set any  inconvenience  interpointing  might  cause  seeing 
people.  The  question  then  seemed  to  be  a  mechanical  one 
— how  to  develop  a  machine  which  would  do  the  best 
possible  interpointing. 

In  order  to  stimulate  interest  in  this  subject,  the  Ameri- 
can Foundation  for  the  Blind  took  Mr.  Edgar  E.  Bram- 
lette,  Superintendent  of  the  American  Printing  House 
for  the  Blind,  and  Mr.  Frank  C.  Bryan,  Superintendent 
of  the  Howe  Memorial  Press  in  South  Boston,  on  a  tour 
of  visitation  to  the  leading  printing  houses  in  Europe. 
Visits  were  made  to  London,  Edinburgh,  Paris,  Marburg, 
Hannover,  Steglitz,  Leipzig,  and  Vienna.  The  committee 
returned  from  Europe  convinced  that  there  was  no  braille 
printing  machinery  in  existence  which  operated  with  suf- 
ficient precision  to  make  consistently  good  interpointing. 

The  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  then  turned  to 
the  Carnegie  Corporation  and  asked  for  a  grant  of  money 
to  enable  it  to  develop  the  required  machinery  and  also 
develop  a  better  braillewriter  for  manuscript  purposes. 
Through  the  good  offices  of  Dr.  Keppel,  President  of  the 

63 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

corporation,  a  grant  of  $75,000  was  made  to  set  up  an 
experimental  shop. 

A  French-Swiss  mechanic,  assisted  by  an  ingenious 
young  American,  was  employed  to  undertake  this  de- 
velopment work.  A  precision  stereotype  machine  and  a 
braillewriter  utilizing  some  of  the  features  of  the  Hall 
Braillewriter  were  developed  which  could  be  manufac- 
tured at  a  reasonable  cost. 

About  the  same  time,  a  new  braille  printing  shop  on 
the  Pacific  Coast,  known  as  the  Universal  Braille  Press, 
managed  by  a  blind  man  by  the  name  of  J.  Robert  Atkin- 
son, was  working  on  the  problem  of  interpointing.  He 
also  developed  a  machine  which  would  emboss  on  metal 
plates  with  sufficient  precision  to  do  good  interpoint. 
However,  his  machine  lacked  some  of  the  merits  of  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  machine  in  that  it 
was  50  per  cent  more  expensive  and  somewhat  less  sturdy. 

However,  Atkinson  cooperated  with  the  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind  in  printing  some  books  in  inter- 
pointing in  order  to  demonstrate  that  interpointed  books 
could  be  made  without  increasing  the  line  space  or  the 
space  between  the  dots,  and  still  have  letters  that  were 
equal  to  those  printed  on  one  side  of  the  page. 

The  arrangement  was  that  Universal  Braille  Press  would 
manufacture  the  books  regardless  of  cost  and  the  Ameri- 
can Foundation  for  the  Blind  would  meet  the  expense. 
The  belief  was  that  after  thoroughly  acceptable  books 
had  been  embossed,  much  of  the  criticism  of  interpointed 
books  would  be  eliminated  and  attention  could  then  be 
given  to  perfecting  the  process  sufficiently  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  savings  made  possible  by  this  method  of 
printing.  Though  the  first  books  were  quite  expensive, 
the  final  result,  after  a  year  or  two,  was  that  through  in- 

64 


BRAILLE     EMBOSSING 

terpointing  the  bulk  of  braille  books  had  been  reduced 
by  upwards  of  forty  per  cent  and  the  cost  by  almost  as 
much. 

Meanwhile,  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind 
had  been  experimenting  with  various  methods  of  doing 
interpointing  with  machinery  developed  in  its  own  es- 
tablishment. With  a  change  in  management  of  that  insti- 
tution it  eventually  adopted  the  machinery  developed 
by  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind.  Both  the 
machines  and  the  methods  have  been  improved  as  the 
years  passed  and  today  no  one  would  think  of  going  back 
to  one-side  printing. 

The  development  work  carried  on  by  the  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind  in  connection  with  perfecting 
interpointing  cost  about  $75,000.  The  economy  effected 
by  this  method  has,  since  1935,  saved  the  taxpayers  of 
this  country  more  than  $75,000  annually,  not  to  mention 
the  reduced  cost  per  volume  of  library  space  for  the  rap- 
idly increasing  number  of  braille  books. 

Furthermore,  elaborate  presses  for  printing  embossed 
type  have  been  developed  so  that  today  several  hundred 
copies  an  hour  may  be  produced  on  large  cylinder  presses. 
The  metal  plates  embossed  on  the  stereotypemaker  are 
capable  of  pressing  thousands  of  copies.  The  plates  may 
be  filed  away  in  much  less  room  than  is  required  for 
ordinary  type  or  even  stereotyped  plates  for  inkprinting. 


65 


LIBRARIES 
FOR   THE   BLIND 


The  present  library  service  for  the  blind  in  the  United  States 
stems  from  legislative  action  taken  by  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment in  i  ps  i.  The  history  of  the  conditions  and  events  that 
led  up  to  this  legislation  and  of  successive  developments  is 
here  told  in  detail  by  one  who  lived  and  labored  through  it 
all.  Dr.  Irwin's  name  'will  always  be  indelibly  associated 
with  the  story  of  books  and  reading  for  the  blind. 

The  libraries  for  the  blind  have  considerably  expanded 
their  services  over  the  last  few  years.  A  change  of  signifi- 
cance occurred  in  1952,  one  year  after  Dr.  Irwin's  death, 
when  an  amendment  to  the  Pratt-Smoot  law  made  these 
services  available  also  to  blind  children  over  the  age  of  five 
years. 


bout  the  turn  of  the  century  several  local 
libraries  in  the  United  States  began  re- 
sponding to  demands  from  blind  people  for 
library  service  by  making  modest  begin- 
nings at  establishing  libraries  for  the  blind. 
They  bought  collections  of  books  in  raised 
type  and  gave  them  a  certain  amount  of  local  publicity. 
In  their  eagerness  for  something  to  read,  local  blind  peo- 
ple borrowed,  and  read  with  avidity,  the  few  volumes 
available.  Unfortunately,  the  supply  of  books  in  raised 
type  which  the  libraries  could  purchase  was  extremely 
restricted.  Aside  from  a  few  volumes  of  religious  litera- 
ture, about  the  only  books  which  could  be  purchased 
were  those  embossed  for  school  use. 

Through  the  small  annual  allowance  to  the  American 
Printing  House  for  the  Blind  from  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment, the  schools  had  gradually  built  up  a  small  list  of 
classics  for  the  high  school  pupils  in  the  residential  schools 
for  the  blind.  This  was  augmented  by  a  substantial  num- 
ber of  titles  published  in  American  braille  by  the  Penn- 
sylvania Institution  for  the  Instruction  of  the  Blind  and 
by  the  Howe  Memorial  Press. 

About  seventy-five  libraries  had  started  collections,  the 
most  active  of  which  were  the  New  York  Public  Library, 
the  Chicago  Public  Library,  the  Free  Library  of  Phila- 
delphia, the  Library  of  Congress,  the  New  York  State 
Library  at  Albany,  the  Cleveland  Public  Library,  the 
California  State  Library,  and  two  special  libraries — the 

69 


AS     I     SAW    IT 

one  maintained  by  the  Cincinnati  Library  Society  foi 
the  Blind,  and  the  library  of  Perkins  Institution  for  the 
Blind. 

Soon  the  blind  people  in  these  communities  had  read 
all  the  embossed  books  in  their  local  libraries.  Blind  peo- 
ple in  places  remote  from  the  libraries  having  departments 
for  the  blind  found  it  impossible  to  call  for  embossed 
books  personally,  and  even  though  the  library  might  be 
willing  to  mail  books  to  them,  the  sightless  prospective 
borrowers  could  not  afford  to  pay  the  necessary  postage. 

Among  the  libraries  which  were  most  active  in  pro- 
moting circulation  by  mail  were  the  New  York  State 
Library  at  Albany,  the  New  York  Public  Library  in 
New  York  City,  the  Chicago  Public  Library,  and  the 
Library  of  Congress.  Perkins  Institution  also  was  very 
attentive  to  requests,  especially  those  coming  from  former 
graduates. 

The  library  departments  for  the  blind  at  first  attracted 
much  public  attention.  When,  in  time,  they  seemed  neg- 
lected by  sightless  readers,  who  soon  had  read  the  entire 
collection,  the  library  authorities  gradually  lost  interest 
in  these  departments.  Books  which  had  first  been  dis- 
played conspicuously  in  the  front  room  of  the  library 
found  their  way  gradually  to  a  back  room,  then  to  the 
attic,  and  then  to  the  furnace.  New  readers  might  drop 
into  the  library  to  borrow  a  book  but  could  find  no  one 
readily  available  who  even  knew  where  the  books  were. 
Letters  which  came  from  hopeful  readers  asking  about 
library  service,  or  requesting  the  privilege  of  borrowing 
books,  received  little  attention,  as  most  public  libraries 
in  those  days  carried  on  very  little  mail  order  business.  As 
a  final  irony,  blind  people  were  pronounced  uninterested 
in  library  service. 

70 


LIBRARIES     FOR     THE     BLIND 

In  1904  the  Federal  Government  had  stepped  in  by  ex- 
tending free  mailing  privilege  to  libraries  wishing  to  lend 
books  to  sightless  borrowers  who  could  not  call  at  the 
library.  The  libraries  with  a  sustained  interest  did  not  re- 
strict their  lending  to  the  district  in  which  they  regularly 
served  seeing  people.  Some  of  them  loaned  books  in  sev- 
eral states,  others  included  the  entire  country  in  their 
service  district.  It  was  evident,  however,  that  there  could 
be  no  great  expansion  of  library  service  for  the  blind  for 
most  libraries,  as  the  bulk  of  their  borrowers  lived  out- 
side of  the  taxing  district  supporting  the  establishment. 

In  1928  the  American  Library  Association  asked  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  to  make  a  study  of 
the  library  needs  of  blind  people  and  how  they  were  be- 
ing met.  Careful  study  showed  that  some  blind  people 
were  borrowing  books  from  several  libraries.  Eliminat- 
ing duplications,  it  was  evident  that  less  than  10,000  blind 
people  in  the  United  States  were  making  any  use  of  any 
library.  But,  worst  of  all,  the  libraries  that  wished  to  pur- 
chase books  for  their  blind  patrons  had  a  distressingly 
limited  source  from  which  such  books  could  be  obtained. 

Publishing  for  the  blind  was  not  a  commercially  profit- 
able undertaking.  Even  if  the  seventy-five  libraries  hav- 
ing some  slight  interest  in  the  blind  could  have  pooled 
their  purchasing  power,  their  combined  appropriations 
would  be  insufficient  to  justify  even  a  nonprofit  organi- 
zation to  publish  many  books.  In  191 1  the  Howe  Pub- 
lishing Society  for  the  Blind  was  organized  in  Cleveland, 
Ohio  to  raise  money  locally  to  produce  in  braille  current 
literature  which  was  being  read  and  discussed  by  seeing 
people.  This  organization  carried  on  for  fifteen  years  or 
more  but  eventually  ceased  braille  printing  when  the 
inauguration  of  interpointing  made  it  necessary  to  pur- 

71 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

chase  new  expensive  machinery  required  for  such  em- 
bossing. 

The  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind,  with  its  ad- 
visory committee  from  the  American  Library  Associa- 
tion, finally  recommended  that  the  Federal  Government 
undertake  to  supply  free  books  for  the  blind  to  a  selected 
list  of  geographically  well-distributed  libraries,  on  con- 
dition that  these  libraries  take  care  of  the  circulation  in 
given  zones  without  reference  to  whether  or  not  these 
zones  included  an  area  larger  than  the  taxing  district 
maintaining  the  library. 

The  subject  was  under  considerable  discussion  at  the 
time,  and  the  plan  of  having  the  Federal  Government 
carry  the  burden  of  supplying  books  met  with  general 
approval  wherever  there  was  any  interest.  The  Universal 
Braille  Press  in  Los  Angeles  became  interested  in  this  po- 
tential new  market  for  braille  books.  The  concern,  how- 
ever, was  the  personal  property  of  its  manager,  J.  Robert 
Atkinson.  Realizing  that  any  federal  appropriation  for 
braille  books  would  not  likely  be  made  to  a  privately 
owned  company,  he  set  up  a  nonprofit  organization 
known  as  the  Braille  Institute  of  America,  intended  to 
handle  government  orders  and  distribution  of  books  paid 
for  with  government  appropriation,  with  the  tacit  under- 
standing that  the  Braille  Institute  of  America  would  pur- 
chase its  books  from  the  Universal  Braille  Press. 

With  little  knowledge  on  the  part  of  the  Universal 
Braille  Press  and  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 
as  to  what  the  other  was  planning,  they  both  had  bills 
before  Congress  dealing  with  the  subject.  For  the  Foun- 
dation, Mrs.  Ruth  Pratt,  Congresswoman  from  New  York 
and  Senator  Smoot  of  Utah  introduced  bills  into  the 
House  and  the  Senate  respectively  authorizing  an  appro- 

72 


LIBRARIES     FOR     THE     BLIND 

priation  of  f  100,000  annually  to  the  Library  of  Congress 
for  books  for  the  blind,  such  books  to  be  deposited  in  re- 
gional libraries  which  would  handle  the  circulation.  Mr. 
Atkinson  on  his  part  arranged  for  Congressman  Crail  of 
Los  Angeles  to  introduce  a  bill  which  would  provide 
$100,000  annually  to  be  appropriated  to  the  Braille  In- 
stitute of  America  for  the  purchase  of  braille  books  to  be 
distributed  to  regional  libraries  throughout  the  country 
in  proportion  to  the  number  of  blind  readers  they  might 
muster. 

The  Pratt  bill  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  the 
Library,  and  the  Crail  bill  was  referred  to  the  Committee 
on  Education.  Hearings  were  held  before  both  commit- 
tees, and  an  unfortunate  amount  of  acrimony  was  en- 
gendered. The  backers  of  the  Crail  bill  felt  that  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  had  tried  to  thwart 
their  plans  to  build  up  a  big  braille  publishing  house  on 
the  Pacific  Coast. 

The  Committee  on  Education  reported  the  Crail  bill 
with  an  extensive  printed  account  of  the  hearing,  but  it 
never  reached  the  floor  of  Congress.  Helen  Keller  was 
among  the  prominent  people  who  appeared  before  the 
Committee  on  the  Library  in  behalf  of  Ruth  Pratt's  bill. 
Consequently,  the  Pratt  bill  was  reported  out  favorably 
by  the  Committee  on  the  Library  and  was  immediately 
placed  upon  the  unanimous  consent  calendar.  It  passed 
the  House,  and  Senator  Smoot  took  it  up  actively  in  the 
Senate,  where  it  passed  and  was  signed  into  law  by  Presi- 
dent Hoover  on  March  3,  193 1. 

The  act  merely  authorized  the  appropriation.  It  re- 
quired considerable  effort  to  get  the  appropriation  com- 
mittees of  the  House  and  Senate  to  make  the  $100,000 
available. 

73 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

At  that  time  the  American  Printing  House  for  the 
Blind  was  receiving  an  annual  appropriation  of  $75,000 
for  school  books  for  the  blind.  The  backers  of  the  Pratt- 
Smoot  bill  wanted  to  make  it  entirely  clear  that  they  had 
no  desire  to  interfere  with  the  long-standing  allowance 
for  school  books  of  the  American  Printing  House.  In 
order  to  allay  any  fears  of  the  new  law,  the  word  "adult" 
was  inserted  in  the  bill,  specifically  indicating  that  books 
published  with  Pratt-Smoot  law  funds  were  for  the  adult 
blind  of  the  country,  not  the  school  children.  This  word 
"adult"  has  made  trouble  since,  as  it  has  made  it  impos- 
sible for  juvenile  readers  whose  intellectual  interests  were 
frequently  equal  to  those  of  adults,  to  borrow  books 
printed  with  Pratt-Smoot  law  money.  Sooner  or  later 
this  will  probably  be  corrected,  as  there  is  no  longer  any 
misgiving  on  the  part  of  the  American  Printing  House 
for  the  Blind  about  the  encroachment  of  this  appropria- 
tion upon  the  grant  for  school  books.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind  manufactures, 
on  a  contract  basis,  many  of  the  braille  books  printed 
under  the  Pratt-Smoot  law.  This  makes  available  for 
school  purposes  many  books  of  value  to  junior  and  senior 
high  school  readers.  (See  chapter  introductory  remarks.) 

Those  unfamiliar  with  the  field  of  work  for  the  blind 
are  often  surprised  at  the  zealousness  with  which  the  in- 
terests of  the  braille  printing  houses  are  guarded  by  their 
friends.  Sometimes  one  feels  that  no  commercial  con- 
cern would  fight  more  fiercely  for  a  privileged  position. 
When  in  1934  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 
requested  Congress  to  include  Talking  Books  as  well  as 
embossed  books  in  the  list  of  publications  to  be  manufac- 
tured under  the  Pratt-Smoot  law,  the  American  Printing 
House  for  the  Blind  feared  that  sound-reproduction  books 

74 


LIBRARIES     FOR     THE     BLIND 

might  supplant  braille  and  in  some  way  injure  its  posi- 
tion. At  that  time  the  Printing  House  was  not  certain 
that  it  could  successfully  manufacture  sound-reproduc- 
tion records.  This  resulted  in  an  interesting  situation 
which  the  author,  at  the  risk. of  expanding  this  chapter 
too  far,  will  describe. 

The  request  that  the  Pratt-Smoot  law  be  amended  to 
include  Talking  Books  passed  the  House  without  diffi- 
culty. When  it  reached  the  Senate  there  was  apparently 
no  opposition.  The  author,  who  was  carrying  the  burden 
of  securing  the  enactment  of  this  amendment,  passed 
through  Washington  on  the  morning  the  bill  was  com- 
ing up  for  consideration  at  an  executive  session  of  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Education  and  Labor.  From  his 
hotel  he  called  the  clerk  of  the  committee  to  learn  the 
status  of  the  measure.  He  was  then  told  that  while  the 
committee  would  probably  act  favorably  upon  it,  the 
chairman  had  received  that  morning  sixteen  telegrams 
of  protest. 

After  hearing  the  list  of  persons  from  whom  the  tele- 
grams had  come,  he  reported  to  the  clerk  that  they  were 
all  from  managers  of  braille  publishing  concerns  or  mem- 
bers of  their  boards  of  directors.  This  brought  him  an 
invitation  to  attend  the  executive  session  of  the  commit- 
tee, a  rather  unusual  procedure.  He  demonstrated  the 
Talking  Book  machine  before  the  senators,  and  Senator 
Davis  of  Pennsylvania,  who  had  a  blind  brother,  asked  if 
there  could  be  any  objection  to  the  bill.  The  chairman 
remarked  that  there  had  been  no  opposition  except  from 
the  braille  publishers.  Perhaps  fortunately,  the  members 
of  the  committee  did  not  realize  that  these  were  non- 
profit organizations.  One  committee  member  remarked 
that  opposition  from  this  source  seemed  quite  under- 

75 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

standable,  and  moved  that  the  bill  be  approved.  His  mo- 
tion was  carried  unanimously. 

Most  of  the  authors  of  these  telegrams  have  now  gone 
to  their  reward,  but  the  telegrams  still  repose  in  the  na- 
tional archives  as  evidence  that,  even  in  the  field  of  work 
for  the  blind,  institutional  interests  are  sometimes  allowed 
to  take  precedence  over  the  welfare  of  the  blind. 

The  advent  of  the  Talking  Book  more  than  doubled 
the  number  of  borrowers  from  the  libraries,  until  today 
there  are  in  excess  of  35,000  blind  Talking  Book  readers, 
as  compared  with  some  9,000  braille  readers.  Talking 
Books  are  much  more  expensive  to  manufacture  than  are 
braille  books,  but  as  they  are  the  only  source  of  reading 
matter  for  a  large  number  of  blind  people  who  have  lost 
their  sight  in  adult  years  the  increased  expense  is  well 
justified. 

The  appropriation  for  books  for  the  blind  has  gradu- 
ally increased  over  the  years,  until  today  the  authorized 
appropriation  has  grown  from  the  original  $100,000  for 
embossed  books  to  $200,000  for  embossed  books  and 
$925,000  for  Talking  Books  and  Talking  Book  repro- 
ducers, making  a  total  of  $1,125,000.  While  the  full 
$1,125,000  has  never  been  appropriated,  the  grant  never 
has  fallen  short  of  $  1 ,000,000  and  there  is  little  opposition 
even  among  the  most  zealous  of  the  economy-minded 
lawmakers. 

The  first  proposal  to  Congress  for  the  financing  of 
Talking  Books  was  a  suggested  appropriation  in  1935  of 
$75,000  in  addition  to  the  $100,000  for  embossed  books 
specified  in  the  original  Pratt-Smoot  bill.  Even  after  the 
committee  had  recommended  its  passage,  opposition  came 
from  the  Wisconsin  School  for  the  Blind,  which  then 
had  a  close  family  connection  with  the  office  of  the 

76 


LIBRARIES     FOR     THE     BLIND 

American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind.  When  the  matter 
came  before  the  Senate,  Senator  LaFollette  of  Wisconsin 
said  he  had  it  on  good,  disinterested  authority  from  his 
state  school  for  the  blind  that  the  Talking  Book  was  a 
new,  untried  frill,  and  he  opposed  any  encroachment 
upon  the  braille  appropriation  for  this  purpose,  even  as 
an  experiment.  Senator  Smoot,  who  was  guiding  the  bill 
through  the  Senate,  promised  that  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress would  spend  nothing  for  this  purpose  out  of  the 
current  year's  appropriation.  It  was  then  about  the  first 
of  March,  and  the  current  appropriation  would  lapse  on 
the  thirtieth  of  June. 

The  author,  realizing  that  Senator  LaFollette  might 
also  oppose  future  legislation  on  behalf  of  the  Talking 
Book,  called  on  him  and  asked  for  an  opportunity  to 
demonstrate  the  machine  to  him.  Senator  LaFollette  said 
he  was  not  interested  and  was  too  busy.  However,  he 
never  did  oppose  any  future  appropriation  for  Talking 
Book  records. 

The  Talking  Books  were  received  with  so  much  en- 
thusiasm by  readers  that  the  librarians  in  the  various  de- 
partments for  the  blind  were  swamped.  Formerly  the 
lending  time  for  braille  books  in  most  libraries  had  been 
a  month,  with  renewal  privilege  for  another  month,  and 
often  no  objection  was  raised  to  still  further  extension 
of  time.  Talking  Books,  on  the  other  hand,  were  often 
read  and  returned  within  two  days.  This  set  a  speed  for 
the  librarian  which  was  breath-taking.  Unfortunately, 
the  local  libraries  had  their  budgets  pretty  well  set  and 
there  seemed  to  be  no  way  of  getting  relief  from  this 
new  pressure.  The  librarians,  however,  met  this  situation 
cheerfully,  as  they  usually  do,  and  worked  long  hours  to 
satisfy  the  demands  of  their  readers.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 

77 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

most  of  them  were  quite  enthused  over  the  sudden  burst 
of  interest  in  their  departments. 

Unfortunately,  library  managements  have  never  fully 
recognized  that  the  Talking  Book  has  not  only  doubled 
and  sometimes  trebled  the  circulation,  but  that  Talking 
Books  also  require  more  attention  than  braille  books. 
When  a  Talking  Book  is  returned,  it  must  be  inspected 
for  damage,  scratches,  etc.  and  the  records  placed  in 
consecutive  order,  before  the  books  are  put  back  on  the 
shelves.  Sometimes  if  a  reader  has  borrowed  two  books  at 
a  time  he  mixes  up  the  records,  and  librarians  must  be  on 
the  lookout  to  see  that  the  records  of  the  Imitation  of 
Christ  are  not  mixed  with  those  of  Goodnight,  Sweet 
Frince  as  has  been  known  to  happen. 

When  the  Pratt-Smoot  bill  was  passed  authorizing  the 
appropriation  of  f  100,000  annually  to  the  Library  of 
Congress  for  braille  books  it  was  up  to  the  librarian  of 
that  establishment  to  work  out  a  plan  for  easy  and  rapid 
distribution.  Either  the  Library  of  Congress  could  handle 
the  circulation  itself  or  it  could,  as  the  law  permitted,  set 
up  depositories  throughout  the  country.  The  latter  plan 
was  chosen. 

Then  came  the  question  of  how  many  depositories 
should  there  be;  what  libraries  would  be  willing  to  as- 
sume responsibility  for  circulation  of  books  provided  by 
the  Federal  Government;  what  cooperating  libraries 
would  be  in  a  satisfactory  geographic  location  to  give 
prompt  service? 

Now  that  books  were  to  be  provided  freely  by  the 
Federal  Government,  progressive  librarians  saw  certain 
public  relation  advantages  in  having  a  department  for  the 
blind  which,  as  they  saw  it,  would  cause  them  little  addi- 
tional expense.  It  was  then  up  to  the  Librarian  of  Con- 

78 


LIBRARIES     FOR     THE     BLIND 

gress  to  select  the  regional  libraries.  It  was  at  first  believed 
that  fifteen  regional  libraries,  properly  located,  would  be 
the  optimum  number.  However,  there  was  so  much  pres- 
sure for  depository  assignments  that  the  Librarian  of 
Congress  finally  authorized  twenty-seven,  in  addition  to 
the  Department  for  the  Blind  of  the  Library  of  Congress 
itself.  This  resulted  in  such  anomalous  situations  as  two 
depositories  in  Washington,  D.  C,  two  in  the  state  of 
New  York,  two  in  Ohio,  two  in  Illinois,  two  in  Cali- 
fornia, and  only  one  in  the  region  south  of  the  Ohio 
River  and  east  of  New  Orleans. 

Gradually  it  dawned  on  the  librarians  that  while  they 
were  getting  free  books  from  the  government  they  were 
incurring  considerable  expense  for  circulation,  and  one 
or  two  cities  which  had  clamored  to  become  depositories 
and  had  not  hesitated  to  use  a  little  political  pressure, 
later  asked  to  be  relieved  of  the  responsibility.  The  bur- 
den has  now  become  so  great  on  some  of  these  libraries, 
who  have  long  since  forgotten  that  they  at  one  time  met 
the  cost  not  only  of  circulation  but  of  purchasing  books 
too,  that  some  other  plan  of  financing  these  departments 
will  probably  need  to  be  worked  out.  The  federal  au- 
thorities, who  realize  the  burden,  have  hesitated  to  rec- 
ommend that  the  Federal  Government  meet  the  entire  cost 
of  operating  the  branch  libraries;  first,  because  it  would 
be  hard  to  supervise  the  financial  side  of  the  operation, 
and  second,  because  there  might  be  a  tendency  on  the 
part  of  lawmakers  in  Congress  to  reduce  the  appropria- 
tion for  books  by  at  least  part  of  the  cost  of  running  the 
regional  depositories.  Possibly  some  day  a  plan  will  be 
worked  out  by  which  the  states  will  meet  the  cost  of 
operating  the  regional  library  serving  their  blind  popu- 
lation. If  it  were  practicable  to  have  a  depository  in  each 

79 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

state,  it  would  be  easier  to  get  this  kind  of  cooperation, 
but  the  number  of  borrowers  in  any  one  state  is  seldom 
large  enough  to  justify  the  minimum  cost  of  operating 
satisfactorily  one  of  these  depositories. 

In  the  present  situation  state  pride  seems  to  make  it 
difficult  to  get  a  state  appropriation  toward  meeting  a 
share  of  the  cost  of  operating  a  branch  library  for  the 
blind  located  in  another  state  even  though  this  might  cost 
less  than  one-third  of  the  amount  it  would  take  to  operate 
a  branch  within  its  own  boundaries. 

A  depository  library  must  not  only  receive  and  ship 
books  but  it  must  give  personal  service  in  the  way  of 
answering  letters  about  books,  keeping  records  of  books 
that  each  reader  has  already  read  so  that  he  will  not 
inadvertently  be  sent  the  same  book  two  or  three  times 
when  he,  as  many  readers  do,  writes  in  and  says;  please 
send  me  another  book.  These  libraries  not  only  need  to 
know  what  books  the  blind  person  has  already  read  but 
also  be  somewhat  familiar  with  the  reading  taste  of  each 
of  the  borrowers.  This  involves  knowing  something 
about  his  background,  the  kind  of  books  he  seems  to 
express  enthusiasm  for,  etc. 

The  Library  of  Congress  has  many  problems  to  face, 
not  the  least  of  which  is  the  selection  of  subject  matter. 
We  sometimes  view  with  great  satisfaction  the  fact  that 
we  now  have  over  2,000  titles  on  Talking  Book  records. 
But  when  we  consider  that  the  reading  population  of  a 
town  of  25,000  people  frequently  has  a  library  contain- 
ing 15,000  or  20,000  titles,  one  must  admit  that  the 
United  States  blind  population  of  over  300,000  has 
grounds  for  complaint  when  it  is  offered  a  library  list  of 
Talking  Books  of  only  about  2,000  titles.  It  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  reading  tastes  of  blind  people  are  as 

80 


LIBRARIES     FOR     THE     BLIND 

broad  as  those  of  seeing  people.  The  available  choice  of 
reading  matter  is  restricted  to  an  extent  which  seeing 
people  would  not  tolerate  in  their  public  libraries. 

This  situation  will  be  somewhat  improved  in  time  if 
the  government  appropriations  continue  at  the  present 
size  so  that  more  books  are  added  each  year.  Also,  cer- 
tain needs  are  being  met  by  adding  to  our  libraries  an 
evergrowing  number  of  books  recorded  directly  by 
good  men  and  women  who  voluntarily  give  their  services 
to  read  aloud  to  the  blind  people  on  some  kind  of  re- 
cording machine.  These  records  at  present  are  not  en- 
tirely satisfactory.  They  are  often  poorly  recorded  and 
poorly  read,  and  the  Talking  Book  machine  designed 
for  regulation  Talking  Books  is  not  always  suitable  for 
such  records  and  often  destroys  a  book  the  first  time  it 
is  read.  But  these  matters  will  gradually  be  corrected 
as  the  librarians,  readers,  and  blind  people  gain  more 
experience. 


8l 


THE    TALKING   BOOK 


The  twentieth  anniversary  of  the  Talking  Book  was  cele- 
brated in  1954.  In  this  short  span  of  time  it  has  come  to 
occupy  in  the  lives  of  many  blind  people  the  position  of 
mi  indispensable  friend — a  friend  that  is  always  at  their  dis- 
posal, always  ready  to  read  to  them  at  their  convenience; 
a  friend  that  has  succeeded  in  opening  to  many  of  the  blind 
new  intellectual  worlds  of  profit  and  pleasure. 

Dr.  Irwin  was  one  of  the  first  among  workers  for  the 
blind  to  foresee  the  great  possibilities  of  the  Talking  Book. 
He  was  always  very  enthusiastic  about  the  new  reading 
wiedium,  and  put  all  his  drive  and  energy  behind  its  develop- 
ment. 


n  the  late  nineteen-twenties  when  studies 
were  being  made  of  the  relative  legibility 
of  braille  embossing  on  one  and  two  sides 
of  the  page,  investigators  were  amazed  to 
find  what  a  small  percentage  of  the  blind 
^  population  in  New  York  City  were  able  to 
read  with  their  fingers  at  all.  While  the  average  speed  of 
finger  reading  in  some  of  the  schools  for  the  blind  was 
about  sixty  words  per  minute,  it  was  necessary  for  the 
investigators  to  accept  people  whose  speed  of  reading 
was  as  low  as  twenty  words  per  minute,  in  order  to  con- 
veniently get  a  sufficient  number  of  adult  subjects  to 
make  the  tests. 

This  drove  home  to  thoughtful  students  of  the  subject 
the  limitations  of  embossed  literature  as  a  medium  for 
reading  by  the  blind.  It  was  evident  that  some  other 
medium  must  be  found.  The  new  approach  proved  to  be 
that  of  sound  and  thus,  in  time,  Talking  Books  came 
into  being. 

Probably  every  slow  finger-reader  had  long  dreamed 
of  having  books  recorded  on  phonograph  records  so  that 
he  would  absorb  the  subject  matter  without  making  any 
more  conscious  effort  than  did  his  seeing  associates.  Ex- 
periments had  been  carried  on  with  the  Dictaphone  as  a 
medium  for  teaching  spelling,  and  for  some  other  work, 
in  the  day  schools  for  the  blind  in  Cleveland,  Minne- 
apolis, and  probably  in  other  places.  A  study  of  the  sub- 
ject made  by  the  author  also  revealed  that  the  use  of  the 

85 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


phonograph  as  a  medium  for  providing  literature  for  the 
blind  had  occurred  to  Thomas  A.  Edison  as  early  as  1877 
when  he  filed  his  first  patent  on  a  talking  machine,  the 
"Tinfoil  Phonograph."  Edison,  however,  never  followed 
up  this  idea,  probably  because  he  saw  no  commercial  bene- 
fit from  exploiting  this  application  of  sound-recording. 

Back  about  1930  nearly  all  phonograph  records  for 
home  use  turned  at  the  rate  of  78  revolutions  per  minute. 
Electrical  transcriptions  for  broadcasting  purposes,  usu- 
ally made  on  sixteen-inch  discs,  were  being  recorded  at 
the  rate  of  3  3  J4  revolutions  per  minute.  However,  the 
Radio  Corporation  of  America  had  experimented  with 
some  twelve-inch  records  for  home  use  at  33%  rpm. 
This  project  had  been  abandoned  mainly  because  the 
pick-up  arms  (which  mounted  the  needle)  were  so  heavy 
that  they  destroyed  the  records  within  a  very  few 
playings. 

The  Edison  Laboratories  at  Menlo  Park,  New  Jersey, 
were  approached  by  the  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind  on  the  subject  of  carrying  on  experiments  with  the 
recording  of  literature  on  records,  but  nothing  came  of 
it.  The  expense  of  conducting  experimental  work  at  that 
laboratory,  or  at  any  other  commercial  laboratory,  was 
beyond  the  resources  of  the  Foundation.  Therefore,  an 
application  was  made  to  the  Carnegie  Corporation  for  a 
grant  of  $25,000  to  finance  experimental  work  in  the 
development  of  a  twelve-inch  record  which  would  have 
a  playing  time  sufficient  to  make  books  issued  on  phono- 
graph records  practicable. 

When  deciding  upon  the  processes  to  be  used  in  re- 
cording Talking  Books  for  the  blind  every  possible 
method  of  recording  had  to  be  taken  into  consideration 
such  as  lateral  recording,  hill-and-dale  recording,  record- 

86 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

ing  on  films,  recording  on  wire.  Other  questions  had  to 
be  answered;  if  the  material  was  to  be  recorded  on  discs, 
at  what  speed  should  the  turn-table  revolve;  should  the 
usual  method  be  employed  of  having  the  turn-table  re- 
volve at  the  standard  speed,  or  should  advantage  be  taken 
of  a  suggested  method  of  recording  by  which  the  turn- 
table speed  varies  gradually,  making  it  possible  for  the 
material  to  pass  under  the  needle  at  a  constant  velocity 
known  as  constant  linear  velocity  recording. 

Shortly  before  the  appeal  was  made  to  the  Carnegie 
Corporation,  a  William  Corbett,  who  had  had  some  ex- 
perience in  recording  had  been  interested  by  the  Founda- 
tion in  the  subject.  He  put  the  agency  in  touch  with  Lin- 
coln Thompson,  an  engineer  living  in  Bridgeport,  Con- 
necticut, who  had  access  to  a  recording  studio  belonging 
to  the  estate  of  a  wealthy  man,  who,  before  his  death,  had 
played  around  with  recording  as  a  hobby.  In  this  studio 
Mr.  Corbett  and  Mr.  Thompson  and  representatives  of 
the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  made  a  few  ex- 
perimental records  and  demonstrated  to  their  satisfaction 
that  fifteen  minutes  of  acceptable  speech  recording  could 
be  made  on  a  twelve-inch  record  revolving  at  33^ 
rpm.  The  demonstration  of  one  of  these  records  before 
Dr.  Frederick  Paul  Keppel,  President  of  Carnegie  Cor- 
poration, convinced  him  and  his  board  that  the  matter 
had  sufficient  merit  to  justify  a  grant  of  $25,000  to  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind.  Jackson  O.  Kleber, 
an  engineer  from  the  staff  of  Electrical  Research  Prod- 
ucts, Inc.,  popularly  known  as  ERPI,  was  employed  in 
1932  to  set  up  a  modest  laboratory  and  conduct  some 
experimental  work.  The  objective  of  this  laboratory  was 
to  perfect  a  long-playing  record  which  would  reproduce 
a  satisfactory  quality  of  recorded  reading  matter  at  a 

87 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

cost  which  would  make  practicable  the  recording  of 
books. 

The  laboratories  of  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America 
had  developed  a  record  material  mix  which  contained 
some  abrasive  mixed  with  vinylite  which  was  sufficiently 
flexible  to  withstand  the  jars  encountered  in  transporta- 
tion and  would  not  break  if  dropped  on  the  floor.  At  the 
same  time  it  was  sufficiently  tough  to  last  through  from 
fifty  to  seventy-five  or  more  readings  when  the  proper 
needle  was  used  and  was  changed  in  accordance  with 
instructions. 

It  was  decided  to  make  the  records  about  80/1000  of 
an  inch  in  thickness.  This  seemed  the  optimum  thickness 
required  for  durability  in  transportation  and  convenience 
in  the  press  feeding  during  manufacture.  There  has  been 
a  general  trend,  however,  toward  thinner  records  which 
are  easier  for  the  blind  to  handle  and  which  would  im- 
pose less  strain  on  frail  readers  when  they  are  handling 
a  dozen  or  more  records  at  a  time.  The  thinner  record 
also  has  the  advantage  of  a  saving  in  raw  material  cost. 

One  element  of  cost  which  had  not  much  concerned 
the  commercial  studios  was  that  of  manufacturing  the 
master  records  from  which  other  records  were  made. 
The  difference  of  $50.00  to  $100.00  in  the  cost  of  mak- 
ing a  master  record  meant  little  to  a  commercial  organi- 
zation which  expected  to  turn  out  from  10,000  to  50,000 
copies  from  this  master  record.  It  was  realized  from  the 
beginning,  however,  that  the  demand  for  copies  of  a 
recorded  book  for  the  blind  would  probably  not  be 
much  more  than  one  hundred  copies  of  any  one  title. 
Under  such  conditions,  a  difference  of  $50.00  in  the 
cost  of  making  the  master  record  would  mean  a  differ- 
ence of  50^'  on  each  disc.  Accordingly,  attention  was 

88 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

first  directed  toward  getting  a  maximum  of  reading  mat- 
ter on  each  disc  at  a  minimum  of  cost.  One  way  of 
increasing  the  number  of  words  on  a  record  was  to  have 
it  revolve  at  a  slower  rate  of  speed.  Various  speeds  were 
considered,  but  it  seemed  best  to  adopt  a  speed  of  3  3  J/3 
rpm,  since  motors  for  phonographs  playing  such  re- 
cords would  soon  be  available  on  the  general  market 
because  of  the  tentative  interest  which  commercial  con- 
cerns had  already  shown  in  recording  at  that  speed. 

The  size  of  the  records  was  important.  Experiments 
were  made  with  records  thirteen  and  fourteen  inches  in 
diameter,  but  the  twelve-inch  record  was  selected  for 
several  reasons,  principally  because  pressing  dies  for  this 
size  record  were  available,  and  a  twelve-inch  record 
seemed  to  be  the  largest  which  could  be  stored  conven- 
iently on  shelves  in  common  use.  Later  experience  has 
shown  that  ten-inch  discs  are  so  much  more  conveniently 
handled  than  twelve-inch  discs  that  the  American  Bible 
Society  has  re-recorded  the  entire  Bible  on  ten-inch  re- 
cords. The  Library  of  Congress  has  experimented  to 
some  extent  with  records  of  this  size  and  found  them  pop- 
ular. In  the  light  of  experience,  economy  would  seem  to 
be  the  only  justification  for  making  records  over  ten 
inches  in  diameter. 

Further  experiments  showed  that  recording  could  be 
done  on  a  record  with  grooves  closer  together  than  those 
generally  used.  A  pitch  of  from  ninety  to  one  hundred 
grooves  per  inch  was  in  common  use.  It  was  found  that 
a  good  quality  of  recording  for  speech  purposes  could 
be  obtained  from  records  recorded  at  a  pitch  of  from 
150  to  200  per  inch.  Great  care  had  to  be  taken,  how- 
ever, to  record  in  such  a  way  that  the  subject  matter 
in  one  groove  could  not  be  heard  while  the  adjacent 

89 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

grooves  were  being  played.  This  faint  sound  coming 
from  the  adjacent  grooves  is  known  among  recordists  as 
echo,  or  is  sometimes  called  "ghost."  The  higher  the  pitch 
(or  number  of  grooves  per  inch),  the  greater  becomes 
the  difficulty  of  guarding  against  echo.  The  high  pitch 
of  recording  reduces  the  material  called  "land"  between 
the  grooves.  There  is  a  tendency,  therefore,  for  this  land 
to  break  down  causing  repeating  during  reproduction. 

All  things  considered  it  was  decided  that  150  grooves 
per  inch  was  about  the  optimum  pitch  to  be  used.  More 
recently,  with  the  advent  of  lighter  pick-up  arms  and 
greater  skill  of  recording,  it  has  been  found  possible  to 
increase  this  pitch  to  175 — even  to  200  or  more — grooves 
per  inch.  Experience  may  make  it  possible  to  increase 
the  pitch  to  substantially  over  200  grooves  per  inch. 

It  was  decided  to  begin  the  recording  on  the  outer 
edge  of  the  record  because  blind  people  were  more  ac- 
customed to  playing  ordinary  phonograph  records  that 
way.  In  an  effort  to  obtain  as  much  satisfactory  reading 
material  as  possible  on  a  twelve-inch  record  it  was  found 
that  when  the  needle  was  placed  on  the  groove  at  the 
outside  of  the  record  a  very  satisfactory  reproduction 
was  obtained  by  lateral  recording.  This  reproduction 
deteriorated  as  the  needle  approached  the  center.  Down 
to  an  eight-inch  diameter  very  good  reproduction  was 
obtained.  From  eight  inches  in,  the  quality  rapidly  fell 
off  until,  with  the  instruments  available  at  a  reasonable 
price  in  1932,  the  quality  at  the  four-inch  diameter  was 
reduced  to  the  minimum  acceptable  for  Talking  Book 
records.  This  was  due  largely  to  the  speed  with  which 
the  sound  groove  passes  under  the  needle.  More  recently, 
recording  methods  have  been  improved  so  that  eventually 
books  may  sometime  be  recorded  down  to  a  three-inch 

90 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

circle.  However,  the  space  requirements  of  the  braille 
label  will  always  limit  the  size  of  the  inner  circle  some- 
what. 

When  the  record  revolves  at  33  y$  rpm  the  speed  of 
the  needle  at  the  four-inch  diameter  is  about  seven  inches 
per  second.  When  the  intelligibility  of  reproduction  is 
the  only  thing  to  be  considered,  a  needle  passing  through 
the  groove  at  a  greater  speed  is  simply  a  waste  of  groove 
length.  It  had  to  be  considered  whether  or  not  it  was 
possible  to  produce  a  machine  which  would  pass  the 
record  under  the  needle  at  seven  inches  per  second  from 
the  time  it  was  placed  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  record 
until  it  reached  the  four-inch  diameter.  If  the  passage  of 
the  needle  through  the  groove  could  be  kept  at  a  constant 
seven-inch  speed  it  would  require  about  thirty-three 
minutes  for  the  needle  to  pass  the  full  length  of  the  ap- 
proximately 2000  inches  of  groove  of  a  twelve-inch  re- 
cord cut  at  a  pitch  of  150  grooves  per  inch. 

For  many  years  inventors  had  struggled  with  this 
problem.  Bell  and  Tainter  patented  a  machine  for  play- 
ing such  a  record  in  1886.  The  method  of  recording  was 
known  as  constant  linear  velocity  recording.  Though 
Bell  and  Tainter  patented  such  an  instrument  they  never 
produced  a  machine  which  would  do  the  job  satisfac- 
torily under  any  but  laboratory  conditions.  Several  other 
inventors  attempted  to  accomplish  the  same  end  without 
success.  It  was  decided  by  the  engineer  of  the  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind  that  it  would  be  unwise  for  its 
laboratory  with  its  limited  funds  to  attempt  to  solve  the 
problem  which  had  caused  so  much  expense  and  failure 
to  other  inventors.  Constant  linear  velocity  therefore  was 
abandoned. 

An  inventor  living  in  Los  Angeles  persuaded  J.  Robert 

91 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

Atkinson,  Managing  Director  of  the  Braille  Institute  of 
America  that  he  could  develop  a  satisfactory,  inexpen- 
sive and  thoroughly  practical  constant  linear  velocity 
machine.  It  was  argued  that  if  this  method  could  be  ap- 
plied satisfactorily,  it  would  reduce  the  cost  of  manu- 
facturing Talking  Books  by  something  like  fifty  per 
cent.  In  view  of  this  Atkinson  felt  that  before  recom- 
mending the  establishment  of  Talking  Book  libraries  the 
Foundation  should  more  thoroughly  investigate  this  re- 
cording method.  He  protested  vigorously  against  the 
Foundation's  decision  to  disregard  the  constant  linear 
velocity  method  and  had  an  experimental  machine  built 
which  he  called  the  Readaphone. 

In  order  to  settle  the  matter  once  and  for  all  the  Foun- 
dation invited  the  two  gentlemen  from  California  to 
come  to  New  York,  at  its  expense,  and  demonstrate  the 
Readaphone  before  a  jury  of  outstanding  engineers  ap- 
pointed by  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America,  Bell  Lab- 
oratories and  two  or  three  smaller  concerns.  This  jury 
witnessed  the  demonstration,  examined  the  machine  care- 
fully and  reported  that  the  Readaphone  was  no  better 
than  any  of  the  other  machines  which  had  been  offered 
to  manufacturers  many  years  before  and  pronounced 
failures.  However,  blind  people  had  been  thoroughly 
aroused  by  Atkinson's  publicity  on  the  subject.  Dr. 
H.  H.  B.  Meyer,  Director  of  Project,  Books  for  the  Blind 
of  the  Library  of  Congress,  therefore,  finally  made  the 
following  announcement  in  the  Outlook  for  the  Blind 
for  April  1935: 

"Judging  from  the  letters  received  here,  there  seems 
to  be  a  good  deal  of  apprehension  on  the  part  of  blind 
readers  all  over  the  country  that  we  are  to  be  precipitated 
into  a  fight  between  rival  reproducing  machines  for  the 

92 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

use  of  the  blind,  the  Readaphone  and  the  Talking  Book, 
a  fight  similar  to  the  struggle  over  embossed  types  of 
several  decades  ago. 

"Let  me  assure  the  blind  readers  through  the  medium 
of  the  Outlook  for  the  Blind  that  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress will  not  take  part  in  any  struggle,  which  can  only 
work  to  the  disadvantage  of  the  blind. 

"We  shall  not  furnish  the  distributing  libraries  with 
any  records  which  cannot  be  reproduced  on  the  Talking 
Book  machine  of  which  so  many  hundreds  have  been 
put  out  by  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind.  Un- 
der existing  circumstances  to  do  so  would  be  worse  than 
merely  foolish.  The  demand  for  records  for  the  Talking 
Book  is  so  great  that  our  appropriation  is  not  large  enough 
to  meet  it. 

"If  at  any  time  a  machine  is  put  on  the  market  which 
is  universally  admitted  to  be  so  superior  to  any  in  use  as 
to  justify  substituting  it  for  all  others  in  use,  we  shall 
again  join  in  the  movement  for  something  better  for  the 
blind." 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  Audograph,  an  office 
machine  for  dictating  purposes  has  more  recently  been 
developed  utilizing  the  constant  linear  velocity  princi- 
ple. However,  this  machine  is  quite  expensive  and  it  is 
doubtful  if  an  inexpensive  machine  giving  high  quality 
reproduction  could  even  yet  be  built. 

The  Talking  Book  for  the  blind  was  based  on  the 
principle  of  the  long-playing  phonograph  record  on 
which  Frank  L.  Dyer,  the  inventor,  had  obtained  a  series 
of  patents.  At  the  time  when  the  American  Foundation 
for  the  Blind  recommended  the  establishment  of  Talking 
Book  libraries,  law  suits  were  pending  in  which  Mr.  Dyer 
was  trying  to  force  the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  and 

93 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

other  record  manufacturing  concerns  to  pay  him  a  roy- 
alty on  radio  transcriptions  recorded  at  the  rate  of  33  V3 
rpm.  Mr.  Dyer's  patent  was  clear  enough  on  the  sub- 
ject, but  the  commercial  concerns  claimed  that  this  was 
not  a  patentable  principle,  and  later  he  lost  his  case. 

Meanwhile,  however,  the  American  Foundation  for 
the  Blind  had  no  desire  to  be  involved  in  this  litigation 
which  might  cause  long  delay  and  expense.  The  author 
approached  Mr.  Dyer  on  the  subject,  and  he  agreed  to 
give  the  Foundation — and  later,  the  American  Printing 
House  for  the  Blind — free  right  to  use  his  patent  in 
making  records  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  blind.  Mr. 
Dyer  imposed  only  one  condition,  viz.,  that  every  Talk- 
ing Book  record  that  used  his  patented  method  should 
bear  the  legend  "Isabelle  Archer  Dyer  Memorial  Re- 
cord" in  honor  of  his  deceased  wife.  In  spite  of  court 
action  invalidating  the  Dyer  patent  the  American  Foun- 
dation for  the  Blind  continued  to  place  this  inscription 
on  the  record  labels  throughout  the  life  of  the  patent. 

Other  kindred  difficulties  arose.  Before  Talking  Books 
could  be  recorded,  it  seemed  desirable  to  clear  the  mat- 
ter with  the  copyright  owners.  The  Book  Publishers' 
Association  and  the  Authors'  League  were  approached 
on  the  subject.  The  Authors'  League  readily  recom- 
mended to  its  members  that  they  give  the  publishers  of 
Talking  Books  for  the  blind  the  privilege  of  recording 
their  works  free  as  had  long  been  done  in  the  case  of 
publishers  of  embossed  books.  The  Book  Publishers'  As- 
sociation, feeling  that  any  control  of  copyright  material 
was  very  doubtful  after  it  had  been  on  a  record,  was  a 
little  more  cautious.  One  prominent  book  publisher  said 
that  the  book  publishers  had  seen  very  valuable  rights  to 
make  moving  pictures  of  their  literature  practically  given 

94 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

away,  because  the  book  companies  had  not  realized  this 
great  source  of  potential  income.  They  were  not  pro- 
posing to  throw  away  any  other  valuable  rights. 

After  long  deliberation,  however,  the  executive  board 
of  the  Book  Publishers'  Association  voted  to  recommend 
to  its  constituent  members  that  they  give  the  nonprofit 
book  publishers  for  the  blind  the  right  to  record  any 
copyright  material  upon  the  payment  of  a  token  fee — 
$25.00  per  book — which  was  divided  between  the  pub- 
lisher and  the  author.  It  was  stipulated,  however,  that 
every  book  should  carry  in  inkprint  as  well  as  in  sound 
recording  the  words  "Solely  for  the  use  of  the  blind."  It 
was  further  stipulated  that  such  records  should  not  be  sold 
to  seeing  people  or  played  over  the  radio. 

These  negotiations  were  somewhat  complicated  by 
nervousness  engendered  by  the  fear  of  braille  book  pub- 
lishing concerns  that  the  Talking  Book  might  eventually 
put  them  out  of  business.  This  proved  to  be  an  un- 
grounded fear  as  braille  book  publishers  have  as  much 
business  today  or  more  than  they  had  before  the  advent 
of  the  Talking  Book.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  largest 
braille  book  publisher  in  the  country,  the  American 
Printing  House  for  the  Blind,  has  set  up  a  Talking  Book 
manufacturing  department  rivaling  that  of  the  Founda- 
tion. The  Printing  House  has  also  contributed  substan- 
tially to  the  development  of  methods  of  reducing  the 
cost  of  Talking  Book  manufacture. 

With  the  technical  and  legal  difficulties  largely  solved, 
the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  approached  the 
Federal  Government  with  a  proposal  that  it  add  the 
circulation  of  Talking  Books  to  its  library  service  to  the 
blind. 

A  complication  in  the  development  of  Talking  Book 

95 


AS    I    SAW    IT 

libraries  was  the  fact  that  Talking  Book  records  could 
not  be  reproduced  on  the  standard  home  phonograph  in 
common  use  at  that  time.  A  special  phonograph  costing 
upwards  of  $40.00  to  $50.00  to  manufacture  was  re- 
quired. When  the  representative  of  the  American  Foun- 
dation for  the  Blind  appeared  before  a  congressional  com- 
mittee urging  the  appropriation  of  a  substantial  sum  of 
money  for  the  establishment  of  Talking  Book  libraries 
for  the  blind,  he  was  embarrassed  by  the  question, 
"How  many  blind  people  would  be  in  a  position  to  read 
these  books  if  they  were  placed  in  the  libraries?"  He  had 
to  admit  that  at  that  time  no  blind  person  owned  a  re- 
producer known  as  a  "Talking  Book  machine."  Too 
many  blind  people  are  poor,  and  why  should  they  spend 
their  meager  resources  for  Talking  Book  machines  when 
there  were  no  Talking  Books  to  play  on  them?  The 
guardians  of  the  public  treasury  very  properly  replied, 
"Why  should  the  government  make  Talking  Book  re- 
cords available  if  there  are  no  blind  people  equipped  to 
use  them?"  This  was  a  vicious  circle  which  had  to  be 
broken  in  some  way. 

The  representative  of  the  Foundation  then  responded 
that  he  would  raise  the  money  privately  for  twelve  hun- 
dred machines  during  the  current  year,  if  Congress  would 
appropriate  $75,000  for  Talking  Book  records.  This  was 
a  challenge  which  was  accepted  by  the  lawmakers,  and 
in  spite  of  protests  from  the  nonprofit  braille  publishing 
concerns,  Talking  Book  libraries  were  started. 

The  Junior  Women's  Clubs  of  New  Jersey  and  other 
organizations  were  approached  for  help  in  raising  money 
for  the  purposes  of  buying  Talking  Book  machines  and 
lending  them  to  would-be  blind  readers.  When  the  year 
rolled  around  and  it  was  time  to  consider  another  federal 

96 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

appropriation,  it  was  possible  to  report  that  fifteen  hun- 
dred blind  people  were  equipped  with  Talking  Book 
machines.  From  that  time  on,  little  difficulty  was  ex- 
perienced. 

It  would  have  been  extremely  difficult  to  raise  money 
for  the  15,000  or  20,000  Talking  Book  machines  which 
soon  were  needed,  because  in  the  1930's  in  the  depth  of 
the  depression  it  was  not  easy  to  find  money  for  what 
looked  to  the  average  man  on  the  street  like  luxuries. 
However,  advantage  was  taken  of  conditions  which  grew 
out  of  the  depression  itself.  It  was  proposed  that  a 
Works  Progress  Administration  project  be  set  up  on 
which  Talking  Book  machines  for  the  blind  would  be 
manufactured.  It  seemed  reasonable  that  the  manufac- 
ture of  Talking  Book  machines  would  be  a  much  more 
justifiable  use  of  federal  relief  money  to  provide  employ- 
ment than  would  the  raking  of  leaves  in  the  parks,  or 
some  of  the  then  famous  boondoggling  projects.  The 
difficulty  was  that  in  the  cost  of  manufacturing  a  Talk- 
ing Book  machine,  only  about  one-third  represented 
direct  labor.  The  WPA  managers  had  adopted  the  prin- 
ciple that  at  least  seventy-five  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  a 
WPA  financed  project  should  go  to  labor.  While  every- 
one agreed  that  the  manufacture  of  Talking  Book  ma- 
chines was  a  worthy  one,  it  was  necessary  to  appeal  to 
President  Roosevelt  himself  to  get  it  authorized.  In  this 
appeal,  Major  M.  C.  Migel,  Helen  Keller  and  Mary  Hun 
were  most  instrumental. 

After  a  long  series  of  negotiations  requiring  over  a 
year,  Harry  Hopkins'  name  was  finally  placed  upon  the 
authorization  of  a  Talking  Book  machine  WPA  project 
which  was  sponsored  by  the  Library  of  Congress  and 
supervised  by  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind. 

97 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


Three  hundred  unemployed  persons  were  put  to  work 
in  New  York  City  in  February  1936.  Of  the  three  hun- 
dred more  than  fifty  were  blind.  Chester  C.  Kleber,  later 
General  Manager  of  National  Industries  for  the  Blind, 
was  placed  in  charge.  It  was  a  fortunate  choice  of  man- 
agement, because  Kleber  had  a  flair  for  handling  difficult 
operations  requiring  the  cooperation  of  government  offi- 
cials, common  labor,  technical  men  and  the  general  pub- 
lic. On  this  project  more  than  20,000  Talking  Book 
machines  were  manufactured.  These  machines,  which 
were  legally  the  property  of  the  Library  of  Congress, 
were  loaned  free  of  charge  to  blind  people  to  whom  it 
would  seem  a  burden  to  purchase  a  Talking  Book  ma- 
chine. It  was  pointed  out  that  few  seeing  people  would 
use  the  public  libraries  if  in  order  to  do  so  they  had  to 
purchase  a  special  pair  of  glasses  costing  $40.00.  The 
Library  of  Congress  was  always  liberal  in  its  interpreta- 
tion of  need  in  this  case. 

In  time,  these  WPA-made  Talking  Book  machines 
gradually  wore  out.  The  Library  of  Congress  then  ac- 
cepted the  principle  that  free  Talking  Book  library  serv- 
ice called  for  free  Talking  Book  machines.  The  WPA 
machines  in  time  were  replaced  by  new  ones  manu- 
factured on  a  contract  basis  for  the  Library  of  Congress. 
About  the  only  restriction  which  was  placed  upon  the 
lending  of  Talking  Book  machines  was  that  the  borrower 
must  be  blind,  under  a  definition  of  blindness  prescribed 
by  the  Library  of  Congress,  and  also  that  the  borrower 
must  make  a  reasonable  amount  of  use  of  the  library. 

At  first  the  definition  of  blindness  used  by  the  Library 
of  Congress  was  as  follows,  "Suffering  from  a  defect  of 
vision  which  makes  it  impossible  or  unsafe  to  read  ordi- 
nary printed  books."  Later,  as  the  demand  for  Talking 

98 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

Book  machines  greatly  exceeded  the  supply,  this  defini- 
tion was  tightened  up  a  bit,  to  coincide  with  the  defini- 
tion used  in  administering  relief  in  most  states  by  the 
social  security  agencies.  The  reading  materials  provided 
by  the  Library  of  Congress  are  now  available  for  loan 
without  charge  to  residents  of  the  United  States,  its 
territories,  and  insular  possessions  whose  central  visual 
acuity  is  20/200  or  less  in  the  better  eye  with  correcting 
glasses  or  whose  field  of  vision  at  its  widest  diameter 
subtends  an  angular  distance  no  greater  than  20  degrees. 

This  definition  of  blindness  may  be  too  narrow  as  it 
excludes  a  considerable  number  of  people  who,  though 
they  have  some  vision,  are  unable  to  make  any  practical 
use  of  inkprint  books. 

There  has  always  been  a  certain  amount  of  demand 
that  Talking  Book  libraries  be  available  to  people  with 
good  sight  who,  because  of  physical  conditions,  are  un- 
able to  hold  an  inkprint  book  in  their  hands,  such  as 
hopelessly  crippled  persons,  invalids  confined  to  their 
beds  in  such  a  way  that  they  must  lie  constantly  on  their 
backs,  etc.  Several  bills  have  been  introduced  into  Con- 
gress which  would  open  Talking  Book  libraries  to  such 
people.  These  bills  have,  to  the  date  of  writing,  all  failed 
for  various  reasons;  first,  the  difficulty  of  defining  who 
is  eligible  to  use  such  books;  second,  the  fear  on  the  part 
of  copyright  owners  that  the  privilege  which  they  were 
willing  to  extend  to  the  blind  might  be  abused  by  persons 
who  would  be  potential  customers  for  inkprint  books; 
and  for  other  reasons,  important  among  which  is  the 
fact  that  no  one  knows  how  many  readers  this  might 
add  to  the  already  over-burdened  staffs  of  the  libraries 
for  the  blind. 

How  should  the  records  be  packed  for  mailing?  This 

99 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

required  more  experimentation  than  the  average  person 
realizes.  The  container  must  be  as  light  as  possible  and 
at  the  same  time  stand  such  rough  handling  as  tossing 
from  the  top  of  a  mail  truck  to  the  pavement  and  the 
like.  Various  kinds  of  sheet  metal  were  experimented 
with  but  finally  fibreboard  with  metal  corners  was 
selected.  These  boxes  were  strapped  shut  in  much  the 
same  fashion  as  containers  for  laundry  that  are  to  be 
shipped  through  the  mail.  The  depth  of  the  box  was 
determined  with  the  convenience  of  the  reader  and  the 
postman  in  mind.  It  was  decided  that  a  gross  weight  of 
fifteen  pounds  was  about  all  that  could  be  conveniently 
handled.  This  is  probably  too  heavy  for  many  elderly 
readers  and  advantage  should,  therefore,  be  taken  of  the 
present  possibility  of  getting  as  much  material  on  a  thin 
ten-inch  record  as  was  formerly  recorded  on  a  twelve- 
inch  record. 

An  economical  method  of  marking  records  in  braille 
had  to  be  developed.  Braille  of  the  standard  size  was 
selected  with  a  minimum  of  wording  indicating  title, 
author  and  reader.  Indicating  the  reader  is  important  be- 
cause it  has  been  shown  that  the  choice  between  two 
titles  is  often  made  by  the  borrower  on  the  basis  of  the 
reader.  Some  Talking  Book  readers  are  as  popular  among 
blind  Talking  Book  users  as  are  movie  stars  among  the 
cinema  goers.  Blind  visitors  to  the  American  Foundation 
for  the  Blind  get  a  tremendous  thrill  out  of  meeting  such 
popular  readers  as  Alexander  Scourby,  John  Knight, 
John  Brewster,  etc.  The  voices  of  these  readers  are  as 
well-known  in  the  homes  of  thousands  of  blind  people 
as  are  the  voices  of  their  most  intimate  friends. 

Much  study  was  given  to  the  question  of  the  speed  of 
reading.  After  conversations  with  radio  commentators  it. 

IOO 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

was  decided  that  the  speed  of  reading  fiction  should  be 
between  one  hundred  sixty  and  one  hundred  seventy- 
words  per  minute,  whereas  with  material  requiring  closer 
attention  such  as  the  Bible  or  scientific  works,  the  read- 
ing should  be  possibly  as  slow  as  one  hundred  fifty 
words  per  minute. 

Studies  made  with  Talking  Book  readers  showed  that 
"listener  fatigue' '  diminished  as  the  quality  of  reproduc- 
tion became  more  and  more  like  that  of  the  human  voice. 
It  was  decided  that  while  it  might  seem  more  economical 
to  hire  a  staff  of  one  or  two  readers,  as  is  done  in  Eng- 
land, to  read  all  books,  this  plan  was  rejected  for  several 
reasons.  First,  a  studio  would  be  crippled  if  the  staff 
reader  contracted  a  bad  cold  making  his  voice  unusable 
for  several  days.  Furthermore,  it  was  found  that  a  much 
more  artistic  result  was  obtained  when  the  quality  and 
character  of  voice  was  considered  in  connection  with 
each  book.  Some  voices  are  well  adapted  to  reading 
scientific  material  requiring  little  inflection  or  interpre- 
tation, other  books  are  much  more  interesting  when  read 
by  a  reader  who  puts  some  enthusiasm  into  his  reading. 
While  women  readers'  voices  usually  do  not  reproduce 
well,  a  story  told  by  a  woman  in  the  first  person  seems 
much  more  appropriately  read  if  done  by  a  feminine 
voice.  Jane  Eyre  is  a  good  example  of  why  books  of  this 
type  should  be  read  by  a  woman  rather  than  by  a  man 
with  a  deep  voice.  The  Diary  of  a  Provincial  Lady  is  a 
good  illustration  of  the  incongruous  effect  of  the  wrong 
book  being  read  by  a  man. 

The  work  of  William  Barbour  in  choosing  specific 
readers  for  certain  Talking  Books  over  a  period  of  several 
years  added  greatly  to  the  pleasure  derived  by  readers  of 
these  books.  His  casting  of  readers  for  specific  works 

IOI 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

did  much  to  set  the  tone  for  Talking  Books  in  this 
country. 

Talking  Book  studios  for  the  most  part  draw  on 
readers  from  radio  personnel.  While  using  nonprofes- 
sional volunteer  readers  might  save  a  little  money  the 
disadvantages  of  using  them  outweigh  any  economy  that 
might  be  so  effected  since  the  reader's  fee  constitutes 
less  than  ten  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  making  a  record.  Few 
voices  record  well;  perhaps  not  five  per  cent  of  the 
applicants  to  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  for 
reading  assignments  can  pass  the  voice  tests.  Furthermore, 
most  volunteer  readers  are  not  dependable  about  report- 
ing for  duty  on  time,  and  if  a  studio  with  expensive  equip- 
ment and  staff  is  kept  waiting  for  a  volunteer  reader 
who  must  be  handled  with  much  tact,  considerable 
money  is  lost. 

Radio  actors  rather  than  announcers  were  selected  for 
reading  because  announcers  seldom  have  the  talent  for 
voice  expression  that  good  radio  actors  possess.  It  was 
found  that  many  radio  actors  of  high  quality  could  be 
employed  at  very  reasonable  rates  because  they  could 
work  in  the  studio  of  the  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind  during  hours  that  did  not  conflict  with  their 
radio  engagements  which  usually  come  in  the  evening. 
AFRA  (American  Federation  of  Radio  Actors)  has 
been  most  considerate  about  permitting  its  members  to 
read  Talking  Books  for  the  blind.  The  actors,  on  their 
part,  have  felt  that  in  this  way  they  have  been  able  to 
cooperate  with  the  nonprofit  Talking  Book  studios  in 
making  the  government  appropriation  produce  a  maxi- 
mum number  of  titles  with  the  limited  funds  available. 

In  a  very  few  instances  authors  have  read  their  own 
books  in  entirety.  Jan  Struthers,  author  of  Mrs.  Miniver, 

102 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

very  kindly  read  all  of  this  book.  However,  few  authors 
have  the  voice  or  a  special  talent  for  reading.  Frequently, 
the  Talking  Book  studios,  especially  that  of  the  Ameri- 
can Foundation  for  the  Blind,  have  arranged  with  the 
authors  to  read  the  first  chapter  of  their  books  or  specially 
prepared  introductions.  It  was  felt  that  in  this  way  the 
reader  would  come  into  more  intimate  contact  with 
them.  Eleanor  Roosevelt  (This  I  Remember) ,  Thomas 
Mann  (Buddenbrooks),  and  W.  Somerset  Maugham  (Of 
Human  Bondage),  are  among  those  who  have  read  in- 
troductions or  parts  of  their  books. 

One  of  the  most  popular  well-known  personalities 
who  has  done  reading  for  the  Talking  Book  was  Alex- 
ander Woollcott.  He  was  tremendously  interested  and 
very  kindly  volunteered  to  read,  without  charge,  some 
of  his  works  such  as  While  Rome  Burns,  and  other  books 
of  which  he  was  particularly  fond.  He  was  temperamen- 
tal, though,  and  the  entire  staff  of  the  Talking  Book 
department  of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 
stood  in  fear  of  an  explosion  whenever  he  came  to  the 
studio  to  read.  However,  his  artistry,  even  though  it 
might  result  in  nervousness  among  the  members  of  the 
technical  staff,  resulted  in  some  of  the  most  fascinating 
reading  for  the  blind. 

Dialogue  reading  using  two  or  more  voices  was  never 
tried  out  as  it  was  deemed  unnecessary  to  so  add  to  the 
expense  of  production.  It  was  felt  that  after  all  a  Talk- 
ing Book  is  not  a  drama  and  few  books  are  written  to  be 
read  in  this  way.  However,  some  fifty  plays  have  been 
recorded  with  cast.  They  are  extremely  popular  among 
library  borrowers,  but  the  expense  of  recording  dramas 
with  good  actors  has  deterred  the  Library  of  Congress 
from  having  as  many  plays  done  in  this  way  as  the  blind 

103 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

people  would  like.  We  hope  that  some  time  the  various 
problems  resulting  from  technical  difficulties  and  the 
rules  of  the  Actors  Equity  Association  will  be  ironed  out 
and  more  plays,  especially  prepared  for  broadcasting  or 
suitable  for  recording,  will  be  made  available  for  libraries 
for  the  blind. 

What  is  the  future  of  the  Talking  Book  for  the  blind? 
Is  the  disc  the  best  form  to  be  employed?  From  the  be- 
ginning, film  recording  was  considered  by  Mr.  Kleber 
and  other  interested  engineers.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the 
possibility  of  film  eventually  replacing  the  disk  has  held 
back  to  some  extent  the  all-out  development  of  Talking 
Book  libraries  in  Great  Britain.  However,  as  yet  the 
technical  problems  connected  with  film  Talking  Books 
have  not  been  solved.  Some  of  these  problems  are;  first, 
the  expense  of  multiplying  books  from  master  record- 
ings; second,  the  expense  of  reproducers,  which  is  to 
date  much  higher  than  that  of  disc  reproducers;  third, 
the  difficulty  of  manipulating  film  reproducers. 

There  is  in  almost  every  home  of  a  blind  person  at 
least  someone  who  has  operated  a  phonograph.  Most 
blind  people  have  themselves  done  so  at  some  time  or 
other.  This  makes  it  very  easy  for  a  blind  person  to 
learn  to  operate  a  Talking  Book  disc  machine.  It  would 
be  somewhat  more  difficult  to  teach  him  to  operate  a  film 
reproducer. 

Furthermore,  films  have  a  way  of  getting  broken, 
which  would  introduce  repair  problems  in  already  over- 
burdened libraries  for  the  blind. 

In  the  early  experimental  days  wire  recording  as  a 
method  of  making  Talking  Books  for  the  blind  was  also 
investigated  but  soon  discarded  by  the  American  Foun- 
dation for  the  Blind  laboratory  as  impracticable.  The 

104 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

reproducers  cost  too  much  money  and  it  was  believed 
that  wire  would  cause  too  many  complications  both  for 
readers  and  librarians.  It  is  too  difficult  to  refer  back  to 
any  particular  spot  of  the  wire  recording  and  the  per- 
manence of  such  recording  is  questionable  because  of  the 
tendency  to  demagnetize  and  because  of  the  increase  of 
background  noise  as  time  goes  on. 

In  later  years  recording  on  tape  has  been  brought  to 
the  foreground.  This  type  of  recording  at  first  glimpse 
offered  real  advantages  over  wire  recording,  in  being 
easier  to  handle  and  less  subject  to  breakage,  and  in  pro- 
viding better  fidelity  or  tone  quality.  In  addition,  it  is 
possible  to  record  several  bands  on  a  single  reel,  and  by 
employing  an  even  number  of  bands  the  recording  would 
end  at  the  start  of  the  reel,  eliminating  the  delay  of  re- 
winding. 

Much  experimentation  has  been  carried  on  with  tape 
recording  in  this  country  and  abroad.  So  far,  the  disc 
is  still  considered  superior.  It  might  be  mentioned,  how- 
ever, that  Talking  Books  are  now  first  recorded  on  tape 
and  later  re-recorded  on  discs  for  the  use  of  the  blind. 

Most  Talking  Book  records  produced  in  the  United 
States  are  made  by  the  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind  and  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind 
in  Louisville,  Kentucky.  The  Printing  House  has  been 
somewhat  handicapped  by  competition  from  the  Ameri- 
can Foundation  for  the  Blind  in  the  Talking  Book  field 
because  of  the  fact  that  New  York  City  affords  a  much 
wider  selection  of  part-time  reading  talent  than  does 
Louisville.  On  the  other  hand  Louisville  has  long  been  a 
low  cost  city  so  that  technicians  and  other  employees 
can  be  hired  in  Louisville  much  more  cheaply  than  in  New 
York.  The  Library  of  Congress  deliberately  has  divided 

105 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

its  orders  between  the  Printing  House  and  the  Founda- 
tion in  order  to  keep  the  two  organizations  competing 
with  one  another  to  reduce  prices  and  increase  quality. 

There  is  an  unfortunate  lack  of  cooperation  between 
British  and  American  Talking  Book  libraries.  The  British 
experimented  with  the  development  of  Talking  Book 
records  even  before  such  experiments  were  carried  on 
in  this  country.  Lieutenant-Colonel  Sir  Ian  Fraser,  Chair- 
man of  St.  Dunstan's  for  Men  and  Women  Blinded  in 
War  Service,  in  London,  is  much  interested  in  all  kinds 
of  electronic  equipment.  He  experimented  with  the  re- 
cording of  literature  on  Talking  Book  records  many 
years  ago,  before  the  days  of  the  magnetic  "pick-up." 
He  abandoned  the  idea  because  of  the  difficulty  of  get- 
ting sufficient  subject  matter  on  a  single  record. 

At  one  time,  in  discussing  the  honor  of  priority  in  this 
field,  he  remarked  to  the  author  that  we  might  fairly 
divide  the  credit  because,  as  he  claimed,  Britain  had 
made  the  first  Talking  Book  record  but  America  had 
made  the  first  Talking  Book  book. 

In  the  effort  to  extend  the  playing  time  of  the  records 
the  British  authorities  did  not  have  the  compunction  that 
the  American  engineers  had  about  breaking  commercial 
standards.  They  finally  adopted  a  record  revolving  at 
the  rate  of  twenty-four  rpm  and  recorded  at  a  pitch 
of  200  grooves  per  inch.  These  records,  though  they  did 
not,  at  least  in  the  beginning,  have  the  quality  of  the 
American  records,  did  have  the  merit  of  playing  some 
twenty-five  minutes  per  side  of  the  disc,  as  compared 
with  fifteen  or  sixteen  minutes  on  the  same  size  of  Amer- 
ican discs.  In  America  Talking  Book  machines  were  pro- 
duced which  would  play  not  only  American  records  but 
also  the  24  rpm  British  records,  but  they  required  some 

106 


THE     TALKING     BOOK 

careful  adjustment  to  shift  from  33%  to  24  rpm  which 
seems  to  have  been  too  difficult  for  the  average  home 
reader.  Besides,  there  was  some  objection  to  the  British 
accent  used  on  these  records,  and  they  never  became 
very  popular  in  the  United  States.  The  British  machines 
are  more  easily  adjusted  to  play  24  or  33%  rpm  records 
at  will.  The  British,  who  have  been  conditioned  to  the 
American  accent  through  the  cinema  and  otherwise, 
seemed  to  have  little  objection  to  American  Talking 
Books,  so  that  practically  all  records  made  in  America 
are  available  to  the  British  readers.  Effort  should  be  con- 
tinued to  bring  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  to- 
gether on  this  subject  so  that  there  is  not  the  wasteful 
duplication  of  records  which  is  now  going  on  between 
the  two  countries. 

The  number  of  blind  people  possessing  Talking  Book 
machines  and  the  list  of  Talking  Books  available  in  the 
libraries  for  the  blind  in  Great  Britain  have  not  matched 
those  in  the  United  States,  partly  because  the  British 
libraries  are  still  dependent  upon  private  philanthropy 
for  this  service.  Furthermore,  there  is  a  reluctance  on  the 
part  of  some  British  home  teachers  about  introducing 
their  clients  to  the  Talking  Book  until  they  have  mastered 
braille.  They  feel  that  when  a  newly  blinded  person 
finds  that  he  can  read  without  acquiring  a  knowledge 
of  braille  he  will  not  go  through  the  arduous  process  of 
learning  touch  reading  and  writing. 


107 


PERIODICALS 
FOR   THE   BLIND 


There  are  at  present  close  to  two  hundred  braille,  tivo 
Moon  type,  three  New  York  Voint,  and  jour  Talking  Book 
periodicals  published  in  the  United  States.  They  represent 
various  types,  ranging  from  general  news  magazines  to  those 
devoted  to  special  subjects,  to  religious  publications,  to  cur- 
rent events  papers  for  school  use,  to  house  organs  of  various 
kinds,  etc.,  including  three  periodicals  published  especially 
for  the  deaf-blind.  Dr.  Irwin's  time  was  too  short  to  give 
coverage  to  all  of  them,  or  to  make  a  representative  selec- 
tion of  a  few  from  each  group.  His  special  leaning  toward 
historical  research  made  him  turn  first  to  the  early  pioneers 
and  to  their  efforts  at  providing  periodical  reading  matter 
for  the  blind.  He  knew  well  the  problems  that  made  these 
early  efforts  difficult  and  soinetimes  impossible  of  success. 
With  the  passage  of  time  the  situation  has  changed  some- 
what and  financial  backing  has  been  found  for  the  present 
large  number  of  periodicals  for  the  blind. 


he  history  of  periodicals  for  the  blind  be- 
gan in  1867  when  a  publication  appeared 
printed  in  linetype  using  capitals  and  lower 
case  letters  in  a  special  system,  devised  by 
Napoleon  B.  Kneass  of  Philadelphia.  In 
1 890  it  was  brought  out  also  in  New  York 
Point.  It  was  known  as  the  Kneass  Quarterly  Magazine 
for  the  Blind  and  contained  articles  of  general  interest  and 
a  few  pages  of  advertising.  This  was  read  eagerly  by 
blind  people.  Even  every  word  of  the  advertising  was 
read  carefully  by  most  readers.  However,  the  subscrip- 
tion price  was  pretty  high  for  blind  people,  especially  in 
those  days  when  dollars  were  particularly  difficult  for 
sightless  people  to  come  by.  The  magazine  was  very 
thin,  but  most  welcome  to  those  who  could  afford  it.  It 
had  only  a  few  hundred  subscribers. 

Mr.  Kneass  continued  to  pioneer  in  the  field  of  peri- 
odicals for  the  blind  by  establishing  in  1876  Kneass' s 
Philadelphia  Magazine  for  the  Blind,  and  in  the  same 
year  Kneass's  Music  Journal.  All  of  these  magazines  had 
ceased  to  appear  about  the  turn  of  the  century,  but  they 
represented  a  new  approach  to  reading  material  for  the 
blind. 

Another  pioneer  in  the  publication  of  periodical  litera- 
ture for  the  blind  was  Joseph  Gockel  of  Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin.  In  1900  he  began  the  publication  of  a  cur- 
rent events  magazine,  The  Weekly  Review,  which  was 
continued  for  a  little  over  thirty  years.  About  191 6  he 


1 1  I 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

also  started  a  small  Catholic  magazine,  The  Lux  Vera. 
There  was  a  short  period  when  the  two  magazines  were 
merged  into  one.  After  a  time  the  current  events  section 
was  discontinued  but  The  Lux  Vera  was  published  until 
Mr.  Gockel's  death  in  1941. 

The  magazines  were  first  printed  in  New  York  Point, 
but  changed  to  braille  about  1930. 

Mr.  Gockel  was  always  a  devout  Catholic.  In  mission- 
ary circles  he  obtained  some  prominence  in  his  diocese. 
He  was  a  man  who  stood  very  high  among  the  blind  and 
was  much  thought  of  by  all  who  were  acquainted  with 
him. 

History  was  made  in  the  field  of  periodicals  for  the 
blind  with  the  establishment,  in  1907,  of  the  Matilda 
Ziegler  Magazine  for  the  Blind.  This  history  is  also  the 
history  of  Walter  G.  Holmes. 

In  1906,  Mr.  Holmes,  a  young  man  on  the  editorial 
staff  of  the  Memphis  Commercial  Appeal,  went  to  New 
York  and  Boston  to  consider  an  offer  which  he  had  re- 
ceived from  the  Hearst  Publications.  While  there  he 
contacted  his  friend,  Paul  Block,  and  seriously  considered 
entering  into  an  advertising  business  with  this  gentle- 
man. While  these  matters  were  under  consideration,  Mr. 
Holmes  read  in  one  of  the  New  York  papers  a  notice 
of  the  probating  of  a  will  leaving  a  substantial  sum  of 
money  to  various  charities,  not  including  the  blind.  Mr. 
Holmes,  who  had  a  blind  brother  slightly  older  than 
himself  and  for  whom  he  had  a  great  affection,  wrote  an 
open  letter  to  the  paper,  asking  why  someone  did  not 
leave  a  bequest  for  the  benefit  of  the  blind.  Not  intend- 
ing to  pursue  the  matter,  Mr.  Holmes  did  not  wish  his 
address  published,  but  it  was  inadvertently  done. 

Within  a  few  days  he  received  a  letter  from  Mrs.  E. 

1 12 


PERIODICALS     FOR     THE     BLIND 

Matilda  Ziegler,  wife  of  William  Ziegler  of  Royal  Bak- 
ing Powder  fame.  Mrs.  Ziegler,  who  had  a  blind  son  and 
who  had  read  Mr.  Holmes'  open  letter,  expressed  her  in- 
terest in  his  thought  and  inquired  about  any  specific 
ideas  he  might  have.  She  signed  only  her  initials  E.  M.  Z. 
and  gave  her  address.  A  meeting  ensued  in  which  Mr. 
Holmes  suggested  the  need  of  a  magazine  for  the  blind. 
After  considerable  discussion  Mrs.  Ziegler  agreed  to  set 
up  and  maintain  such  a  magazine,  to  be  sent  free  or  prac- 
tically free  to  sightless  people  under  one  condition,  Mr. 
Holmes  must  be  its  editor.  Mr.  Holmes  then  had  about 
decided  to  go  into  what  later  proved  to  be  a  very  profit- 
able advertising  venture  with  Mr.  Block.  After  some 
thought  he  agreed  to  edit  Mrs.  Ziegler's  magazine  for  the 
blind  on  a  half-time  basis  for  an  extremely  modest  salary. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  Mr.  Holmes  never  went  on  with  his 
advertising  business  and  gave  full  time  to  the  magazine 
for  the  rest  of  his  life.  Mrs.  Ziegler  was  an  extremely 
modest  benefactor  and  at  first  refused  to  permit  her 
name  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  proposed  maga- 
zine. It  was  only  after  the  most  insistent  urging  on  Mr. 
Holmes'  part  that  she  yielded  to  his  suggestion  that  it  be 
named  The  Matilda  Ziegler  Magazine  for  the  Blind. 

After  visiting  Europe  in  search  of  machinery  for  print- 
ing braille  which  might  be  suitable  for  the  production  of 
a  magazine  for  the  blind  with  several  thousand  subscrib- 
ers, he  returned  to  the  United  States,  took  the  matter  up 
with  manufacturers  in  this  country,  and  developed  a  high- 
speed cylinder  press  especially  adapted  for  printing  in 
raised  type.  This  machinery  was  unlike  anything  then 
used,  either  in  this  country  or  abroad,  and  its  quality  is 
attested  to  by  the  fact  that  today  it  is  still  in  operation 
and  turning  out  braille  printing  of  high  standard. 

113 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

Mr.  Holmes  decided  to  bring  out  the  magazine  in  both 
New  York  Point  and  American  braille.  After  consulta- 
tion with  Mrs.  Ziegler  they  agreed  upon  charging  ten 
cents  a  year  subscription  price.  They  felt  that  while  any 
blind  person  might  write  in  and  ask  for  the  magazine, 
whether  he  ever  read  it  or  not,  he  might  think  a  second 
time  about  sending  a  ten  cent  subscription  fee.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  was  felt  that  the  subscription  fee  would 
not  exclude  anyone  because  of  the  difficulty  of  raising 
a  dime.  Later,  the  ten  cents  part  of  the  transaction  was 
eliminated  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  the  postal  law 
permitting  magazines  for  the  blind  to  be  sent  through  the 
mails  postage  free  when  no  subscription  charge  was  made. 

The  Ziegler  magazine  was  a  tremendous  boon  to  blind 
people.  At  last,  a  periodical  resembling  that  received  by 
their  seeing  friends  was  coming  into  their  homes  each 
month.  The  mailing  list  soon  climbed  to  upwards  of 
10,000,  an  unheard-of  number  for  a  magazine  for  the 
blind  anywhere  in  the  world. 

From  the  beginning  Mr.  Holmes  made  up  his  mind 
that  he  would  issue  a  journal  which  would  be  within  the 
intellectual  range  of  the  blind  man  and  woman  of  the 
most  modest  educational  attainments.  This  magazine,  from 
the  beginning,  contained  a  digest  of  the  month's  news,  a 
short  story,  a  popular  scientific  article,  a  little  verse,  a 
few  jokes,  and  some  article  of  encouragement  to  the  blind 
people  themselves.  It  never  allotted  any  great  propor- 
tion of  its  space  to  organized  work  for  the  blind,  but  for 
many  years  it  contained  a  department  variously  called 
"Suggestions  for  Success,"  "Experiences  and  Sugges- 
tions," and  "Successful  Blind."  These  were  usually  letters 
from  blind  men  and  women  who  had  overcome  their 
handicap  of  blindness  in  a  modest  way  and  were  making 

114 


PERIODICALS     FOR     THE     BLIND 

a  modest  living.  In  this  section  Mr.  Holmes  deliberately 
gave  little  attention  to  the  attainments  of  brilliant  men 
and  women.  He  felt  that  the  ordinary,  garden  variety  of 
success  would  be  more  stimulating  to  most  of  his  readers, 
as  what  such  people  had  been  able  to  accomplish,  others 
with  moderate  talents  could  also  do. 

The  magazine  also  endeavored  to  keep  blind  people 
abreast  of  the  development  of  special  appliances  for  the 
blind  which  may  be  useful  in  everyday  life.  Because  of 
the  ephemeral  nature  of  the  publication  the  management 
always  felt  that  it  could  experiment  with  various  ways 
of  presenting  embossed  type,  such  as  interpointing,  in- 
terlining, etc.,  and  even  sometimes  with  modifications 
of  the  braille  code.  If  the  experiments  proved  unpopular 
or  unsuccessful,  little  harm  was  done,  because  the  maga- 
zine would  be  thrown  away,  and,  after  a  month  or  two, 
forgotten.  It  would  not  be  turning  up  time  and  again  in 
the  libraries  to  plague  future  readers,  as  would  be  the 
case  with  volumes  of  standard  literature. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  and  influential  department 
in  the  Ziegler  magazine  is  the  editorial  column  which  Mr. 
Holmes  in  his  tenure  called  the  "Publisher's  Chat."  This 
column  consists  of  a  page  or  two  of  homely  comment  by 
the  editor  which  is  read  systematically  by  thousands  of 
blind  people  who  perhaps  seldom  read  the  rest  of  the 
magazine. 

Mrs.  Ziegler  was  true  to  her  word  and  met  all  the  ex- 
penses of  operating  the  Ziegler  magazine  throughout  the 
balance  of  her  life.  When  she  died  she  set  up  a  founda- 
tion of  upwards  of  three-quarters  of  a  million  dollars,  the 
income  from  which  is  used  to  meet  the  cost  of  running 
the  Ziegler  magazine,  though  the  terms  of  the  charter 

115 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

would  permit  the  use  of  the  income  for  almost  any  pur- 
pose beneficial  to  the  blind. 

Mr.  Holmes,  who  started  out  on  a  modest  salary  on 
a  half-time  arrangement,  refused  to  accept  very  much  of 
an  increase  in  this  salary  for  the  rest  of  his  life.  Through- 
out his  editorship  of  the  magazine,  which  continued  until 
his  death  on  February  7,  1946,  Mr.  Holmes  was  deemed 
the  most  beloved  worker  for  the  blind  in  America.  He 
understood  the  common  man  and  woman  without  sight 
and  always  had  time  to  stop  and  discuss  personal  prob- 
lems with  any  blind  person  who  called  at  the  office.  He 
was  patient  and  genial  with  everyone  and  sincerely  in- 
terested in  everything  that  bade  fair  to  further  the  wel- 
fare of  sightless  people. 

The  Ziegler  also  started  supplying  special  watches  for 
the  blind  at  wholesale  prices  or  less,  and  for  many  years 
it  has  supplied  typewriters  and  alarm  clocks  marked  for 
touch  reading  and  other  especially  useful  items  at  sub- 
stantial discounts  under  the  retail  price,  and  has  given 
many  hundreds  of  radios  to  blind  people  who  could  not 
afford  to  buy  them. 

The  whole  atmosphere  of  the  Ziegler  magazine  has 
been  one  of  practical,  unpretentious,  kindly  service,  avoid- 
ing at  all  times  anything  that  smacked  of  formality  of 
professional  welfare  work.  Mr.  Holmes  scrupulously 
avoided  anything  controversial.  One  time  he  did  come 
out  with  a  blistering  editorial  denouncing  a  private 
agency  for  the  blind  which,  in  his  considered  opinion 
had  opposed  legislation  on  behalf  of  the  blind,  because  it 
feared  the  effect  on  the  welfare  of  the  organization, 
though  the  legislation  was  well  calculated  to  further  the 
interests  of  the  blind  of  the  state.  No  organization  work- 

116 


PERIODICALS     FOR     THE     BLIND 

ing  with  blind  people  could  afford  many  such  attacks 
from  this  source. 

When  Mr.  Holmes  died  suddenly  in  1946,  the  world 
of  the  blind  was  plunged  into  deep  sorrow  at  this  loss. 
The  Ziegler  magazine,  however,  has  continued  to  appear 
under  the  editorship  of  his  successor,  Howard  M.  Liechty, 
mainly  in  the  tradition  established  by  its  founder. 

The  desire  of  blind  people  to  obtain  news  information 
was  recognized  by  a  blind  graduate  of  Perkins  Institu- 
tion, Francis  B.  Ierardi,  who  founded  The  Weekly  News. 
Already  during  the  first  world  war  when  he  noticed 
that  the  blind  were  sensitive  to  relying  on  seeing  people 
for  national  and  world  news,  Mr.  Ierardi  decided  that 
there  was  a  need  for  a  weekly  braille  newspaper.  He 
started  its  publication  in  1927  with  just  enough  money 
to  operate  for  three  months,  with  a  circulation  of  only 
two  hundred  around  Boston.  Later  he  solicited  money 
from  friends  and  today  his  "project"  is  the  National 
Braille  Press  in  Boston,  which  is  now  housed  in  its  own 
modern  four-story  building.  The  organization  is  very 
economically  run  by  Mr.  Ierardi,  who  was  for  many  years 
employed  by  the  Massachusetts  Division  of  the  Blind  as  a 
field  worker.  He  has  carried  on  the  work  of  the  National 
Braille  Press  evenings  and  Sundays,  purely  as  a  labor  of 
love.  He  has  always  refused  to  accept  any  salary  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  his  salary  from  the  state  and  his  other 
personal  resources  are  very  modest. 

The  Weekly  News  gives  little  attention  to  develop- 
ments in  work  for  the  blind,  attempting  mainly  to  supply 
to  blind  people  a  summary  of  national  and  international 
events  from  week  to  week.  The  editor  has  had  the  co- 
operation of  such  inkprint  magazines  as  The  Independent 
and  The  Outlook  which  have  permitted  their  news  sum- 

117 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

maries  to  be  reproduced  in  braille,  the  cooperation  even 
extending  to  furnishing  advance  sheets  to  copy.  Besides 
The  News,  the  National  Braille  Press  publishes  also  Our 
Special,  a  magazine  for  blind  women,  and  The  Home 
Teacher,  catering  to  home  teachers  for  the  blind.  It  also 
does  additional  braille  printing,  including  a  number  of 
periodicals,  on  a  contract  basis. 

The  National  Braille  Press  makes  no  charge  to  readers 
of  its  magazines.  Most  of  the  cost  of  operating  is  met  by- 
annual  contributions  from  all  over  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  It  has  always  managed  to  avoid  a  deficit  in  its 
operations. 

Blind  people  in  general  wish  to  read  what  is  read  by 
sighted  people  and  wish  to  be  informed  on  subjects  which 
are  discussed  by  them.  Therefore,  the  braille  and  Talking 
Book  editions  of  the  Reader's  Digest  are  greatly  appre- 
ciated. The  publication  of  the  braille  edition  was  origi- 
nally undertaken  in  September,  1928  for  the  benefit  of 
the  schools  and  classes  for  the  blind.  As  the  pupils  grad- 
uated from  the  schools,  and  as  other  adults  became  ac- 
quainted with  the  magazine,  the  demand  for  copies  for 
libraries  and  individuals  grew  to  overwhelming  propor- 
tions, and  the  general  public  was  asked  to  provide  funds 
for  this  service  through  "The  Reader's  Digest  Fund  for 
the  Blind,"  which  is  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Reader's 
Digest  Association  of  Pleasantville,  New  York  and  the 
American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind  of  Louisville, 
Kentucky.  With  the  advent  of  the  Talking  Book,  it  be- 
came possible  to  make  a  recorded  edition  available,  and 
the  first  issue  appeared  in  September,  1939. 

All  copies  of  each  edition  are  supplied  free  to  the  re- 
cipients. Anyone  donating  as  much  as  $15.50  can  name 
the  recipient  of  a  year's  issues  of  the  braille  edition  (com- 

118 


PERIODICALS     FOR     THE     BLIND 

prising  four  volumes  each  month),  while  anyone  donat- 
ing as  much  as  $32.50  can  name  the  first  recipient  of  a 
year's  issues  of  the  Talking  Book  edition  (twelve  records 
monthly)  on  condition  that  the  records  are  forwarded 
within  a  period  of  two  weeks  after  receipt  to  the  nearest 
circulating  library  for  the  blind  for  redistribution  to 
other  readers.  Both  issues  are  complete  reprints  of  the 
inkprint  edition. 

The  production  of  the  two  editions  now  stands  at  over 
three  thousand  monthly  for  the  braille  Digest  and  over 
one  thousand  for  the  Talking  Book. 

The  Braille  Book  Review  which  is  now  distributed 
without  charge  to  blind  people  using  the  libraries  for  the 
blind,  has  filled  an  important  need  in  enabling  sightless 
people  to  know  what  new  books  are  available  to  them  in 
their  libraries.  It  lists,  each  month,  the  new  books  pub- 
lished in  braille  or  on  sound  reproduction  records  issued 
by  the  American  presses.  As  a  very  small  percentage  of 
blind  library  patrons  ever  visit  their  libraries  themselves, 
a  publication  of  this  kind  is  essential. 

An  advance  number  of  the  Braille  Book  Review  was 
published  in  October,  193 1.  The  first  regular  issue  ap- 
peared in  January,  1932.  From  the  beginning  until  195 1 
it  was  edited  by  Lucy  A.  Goldthwaite,  who  for  many 
years  was  librarian  of  the  library  for  the  blind  of  the 
New  York  Public  Library. 

Originally,  the  magazine  contained  sixty-four  pages 
of  braille  with  a  subscription  charge  of  fifty  cents.  The 
periodical  was  started  by  the  New  York  Public  Library 
in  cooperation  with  the  American  Braille  Press  in  Paris. 
The  size  of  the  magazine  was  later  reduced  to  twenty- 
four  pages  and  the  subscription  charge  eliminated.  In 
1934  the  Library  of  Congress  extended  financial  aid  by 

119 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

purchasing  five  hundred  copies  of  the  magazine  and 
sending  them  free  to  blind  readers.  Gradually  the  num- 
ber was  increased  until  The  Library  of  Congress  now 
meets  the  printing  cost  of  the  entire  edition  going  to 
United  States  readers.  In  1942  the  American  Foundation 
for  the  Blind  assumed  responsibility  for  the  editing  of 
this  publication  employing  Miss  Goldthwaite  on  a  part- 
time  basis  for  this  purpose.  She  continued  with  the  maga- 
zine until  June  30,  1951,  after  which  time  it  has  been 
edited  by  the  Foundation  library. 

It  should  be  mentioned  that  there  are  a  considerable 
number  of  religious  magazines  for  the  blind,  some  of  them 
dating  back  to  the  days  before  the  Ziegler.  They  are 
sponsored  by  special  religious  organizations,  Catholic, 
Protestant  and  Jewish.  The  oldest  of  these  magazines  in 
point  of  continuous  operation  is  the  Christian  Record 
established  in  1900,  and  sponsored  by  the  Seventh  Day 
Adventists.  While  it  has  a  certain  Adventist  tone,  it 
contains  articles  of  general  interest.  It  was  started  by 
blind  people  and  has  always  employed  a  rather  large  pro- 
portion of  sightless  people  in  its  production.  The  Record 
is  maintained  by  personal  door-to-door  solicitation. 

Religious  magazines  for  the  blind  as  a  rule  carry  no 
subscription  fees.  The  writer  believes  that  if  a  small  fee 
was  charged  for  them,  one  would  know  better  just  how 
many  blind  people  read  them. 

As  work  for  the  blind  began  to  come  of  age  in  this 
country,  periodicals  began  to  appear  which  were  in- 
tended to  inform  the  worker  for  the  blind  of  matters  per- 
tinent to  his  work.  These  periodicals  were  first  published 
in  inkprint  only  although  at  the  present  time  it  is  recog- 
nized that  braille  editions  of  professional  magazines  should 
also  be  made  available. 

120 


PERIODICALS     FOR     THE     BLIND 

The  pioneer  in  this  group  was  The  Mentor  which  was 
started  in  189 1  as  a  monthly  publication  by  the  Alumni 
Association  of  Perkins  Institution.  It  was  edited  by  a  blind 
man  by  the  name  of  Joel  W.  Smith,  father  of  American 
braille,  who  was  then  teacher  of  piano  tuning  at  Perkins. 
The  Mentor  was  designed  to  disseminate  information  re- 
garding the  needs  of  blind  people  and  how  to  meet  them. 
It  was  an  interesting  publication,  but  suspended  after  four 
years  of  operation  for  lack  of  financial  support. 

Some  years  later,  in  1900,  The  Problem  appeared  as  the 
official  organ  of  the  American  Blind  People's  Higher 
Education  and  General  Improvement  Association.  It  was 
published  and  edited  as  a  quarterly  by  Wallace  McGill, 
a  blind  man  who  was  Professor  of  Musical  Theory  and 
Psychology  at  the  Kansas  Conservatory  of  Music  in 
Leavenworth.  In  the  four  years  of  its  existence,  The 
Problem  published  in  its  pages  articles  on  legislation  for 
the  blind  and  on  other  subjects  of  interest  to  a  group  of 
young  and  vigorous  blind  people.  It  also  printed  the  offi- 
cial proceedings  of  the  American  Blind  People's  Higher 
Education  and  General  Improvement  Association,  the 
association  which  in  1905  became  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Workers  for  the  Blind.  The  last  issue  appeared 
in  October  1903. 

No  other  magazine  carrying  news  of  work  for  the 
blind  existed  until  the  establishment  of  the  Outlook  for 
the  Blind,  founded  by  Charles  F.  F.  Campbell  in  the 
spring  of  1907.  This  magazine  was  temporarily  sponsored 
by  the  Massachusetts  Association  for  Promoting  the  In- 
terests of  the  Blind,  with  the  understanding  that  Mr. 
Campbell  would,  as  soon  as  possible,  obtain  other  sources 
of  support.  For  many  years  the  association  gave  this 
magazine  its  blessing  in  one  way  or  another,  but  the  main 

12  I 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

burden  of  finding  financial  support  was  shouldered  by 
Mr.  Campbell  until  the  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind  took  it  over  in  1923. 

The  editing  of  this  publication  was  a  labor  of  love 
performed  by  Mr.  Campbell  and  his  wife  for  sixteen 
years.  During  this  time  Mr.  Campbell  labored  evenings, 
Sundays  and  holidays  to  get  this  quarterly  magazine  out. 
It  was  only  with  the  greatest  of  effort  that  he  was  able 
to  raise  the  money  to  meet  the  printers'  bills.  For  a  while 
he  carried  local  advertisements  to  help  out  financially,  but 
when  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  took  it 
over,  the  advertising  pages  were  eliminated  as  being  in- 
consistent in  tone  with  the  professional  nature  of  the 
publication. 

The  Outlook  for  the  Blind  carried  news  of  work  for 
the  blind  throughout  the  world,  and  served  as  a  medium 
through  which  anyone  interested  in  work  for  the  blind 
might  bring  his  views  before  the  public.  Mr.  Campbell 
saw  to  it  that  every  new  development  in  efforts  to  im- 
prove the  condition  of  the  sightless  was  properly  pre- 
sented so  that  others  interested  might  be  informed. 

The  Outlook  converted  work  for  the  blind  from  local 
sporadic  attempts  to  improve  the  lot  of  sightless  people  in 
scattered  communities  into  a  national  movement  on  be- 
half of  those  without  sight.  It  avoided  controversial  topics 
so  far  as  practicable  but  never  hesitated  to  take  a  stand 
for  or  against  certain  ideas  if  it  seemed  necessary.  Through 
its  columns  Mr.  Campbell  had  a  tremendous  influence  on 
the  thinking  of  friends  of  the  blind  throughout  the  coun- 
try. 

Probably  every  movement  to  improve  the  lot  of  blind 
people  owes  a  debt  of  gratitude  to  the  Outlook  and  to 
Mr.  Campbell  personally  for  his  support.  Mr.  Campbell 

122 


PERIODICALS     FOR     THE     BLIND 

never  touched  any  phase  of  work  for  the  blind  that  he 
did  not  contribute  some  practical  idea  of  lasting  benefit. 
Something  of  a  firebrand  himself  when  it  came  to  com- 
bating undue  conservatism,  he  allowed  little  of  this  con- 
troversial tone  to  creep  into  his  magazine.  No  one  will 
ever  realize  how  much  of  his  strength  and  zeal  he  gave 
to  this  publication,  for  which  he  never  received  a  dollar 
of  salary.  When  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 
was  organized,  he  personally  requested  it  to  take  over 
the  burden  of  financing  and  publishing  the  journal.  In 
justice  he  should  have  been  employed  as  its  editor.  For 
various  reasons  that  was  not  done.  Conspicuous  among 
these  reasons  was  the  fact  that  though  his  magazine  had 
always  been  kept  free  from  violent  controversy,  he  had 
himself,  in  his  zeal  for  the  welfare  of  the  blind,  made  many 
enemies.  It  seemed  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Founda- 
tion unwise  for  the  new  organization  to  incur  the  wrath 
of  certain  of  his  enemies  by  adding  him  to  its  small  staff. 
The  Outlook  for  the  Blind  has  had  several  editors  since 
it  was  taken  over  by  the  Foundation,  Charles  B.  Hayes, 
Evelyn  C.  McKay,  Lucy  A.  Goldthwaite,  Enid  Griffis 
Warren  Bledsoe,  P.  C.  Potts  and,  at  present,  Howard  B. 
Liechty  who  is  also  the  editor  of  the  Matilda  Ziegler 
Magazine  for  the  Blind.  In  1942  it  was  merged  with 
Teachers  Forum  for  Instructors  of  Blind  Children.  It  is 
now  also  published  in  braille,  the  first  issue  appearing  in 
September,  193 1.  Since  1943  ^  has  appeared  monthly 
except  during  July  and  August. 


123 


EDUCATION 
OF   THE   BLIND 


Dr.  Irwin  was  supervisor  of  classes  for  the  blind  in  the 
public  schools  of  Cleveland,  Ohio  from  1909-1923,  and  part 
of  that  time  supervisor  of  classes  for  the  blind  and  for  the 
partially  sighted  for  various  cities  in  Ohio.  His  closeness  to 
the  early  movement  of  establishing  day  school  classes  for 
the  blind  enabled  him  to  trace  the  history  of  this  movement 
from  the  time  when  Dr.  Howe  first  gave  word  to  the  idea 
in  his  speech  at  Batavia  in  1866.  We  are  grateful  to  Dr.  Irwin 
for  this  history.  We  wish  he  had  had  time  to  write  also 
about  the  develop?nent  of  the  residential  schools  for  the 
blind  over  the  same  period. 

Blind  children  require  for  their  education  the  application 
of  special  teaching  methods  as  well  as  special  equipment. 
Books  in  embossed  type  and  Talking  Books  are  needed  as 
well  as  slates  for  writing  braille,  special  devices  for  mathe- 
matics, embossed  maps  for  geography,  and  other  similar 
tools.  Dr.  Irwin  has  given  us  the  story  of  the  development 
of  these  special  tools  as  well  as  comments  on  special  teaching 
methods.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  since  Dr.  Irwin's  death 
the  authorized  appropriation  to  the  American  Printing 
House  for  the  Blind  has  been  raised  to  the  total  of  $260,000. 
The  actual  appropriation  however,  has  always  been  some- 
what less  than  this  amount. 

Higher  education  of  the  blind  is  another  subject  close  to 
the  heart  of  educators  of  the  blind  and  was  especially  so  in 
the  early  part  of  the  twentieth  century.  It  is  interesting  to 
see  the  changing  philosophy  from  that  of  encouraging  spe- 
cial colleges  or  advanced  schools  for  the  blind  to  that  of 
having  the  blind  student  take  his  chances  in  regular  colleges 
and  universities  in  competition  with  seeing  students. 


n  i  8  3  2  when  the  first  schools  for  the  blind 

B^^  in  the  United  States  were  opened,  board- 
^^  ing  schools  were  considered  the  most  de- 
^^  sirable  establishment  in  which  a  boy  or 
^^  girl  could  receive  his  education.  Of  course, 
we  had  day  schools  for  seeing  children  in 
every  part  of  the  country  but  the  privileged  groups  at- 
tended boarding  schools  for  at  least  part  of  their  school 
life.  It  was  only  natural,  therefore,  for  those  setting  up 
schools  for  the  blind  to  have  copied  the  boarding  school 
plan  for  the  blind  which  they  had  observed  in  Europe. 

The  boarding  schools  also  offered  more  opportunities 
for  careful  training  and  for  experimentation  in  this  new 
field  of  endeavor.  By  the  i86o's,  however,  some  of  the 
educators  of  the  blind  in  this  country  had  begun  to  real- 
ize certain  disadvantages  in  quartering  sightless  children 
for  most  of  each  year  in  a  boarding  school  where  prac- 
tically all  of  their  social  experience  was  with  children 
with  a  similar  handicap. 

In  1 866  Dr.  Samuel  Gridley  Howe,  the  first  director 
of  Perkins  Institution,  in  his  address  at  the  laying  of  the 
cornerstone  of  the  New  York  State  School  for  the  Blind 
at  Batavia,  said,  "All  great  establishments  in  the  nature  of 
boarding  schools,  where  the  sexes  must  be  separated; 
where  there  must  be  boarding  in  common,  and  sleeping 
in  congregate  dormitories;  where  there  must  be  routine, 
and  formality,  and  restraint,  and  repression  of  individual- 
ity; where  the  charms  and  refining  influences  of  the  true 

127 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

family  relation  cannot  be  had — all  such  institutions  are 
unnatural,  undesirable,  and  very  liable  to  abuse.  We 
should  have  as  few  of  them  as  is  possible,  and  those  few 
should  be  kept  as  small  as  possible." 

In  187 1,  in  a  paper  submitted  to  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Instructors  of  the  Blind,  he  said,  "With  a  view  of 
lessening  all  differences  between  blind  and  seeing  children, 
I  would  have  the  blind  attend  the  common  schools  in 
all  cases  where  it  is  feasible.  .  .  .  Depend  upon  it,  one  of 
the  future  reforms  in  the  education  of  the  blind  will  be 
to  send  blind  children  to  the  common  schools,  to  be 
taught  with  common  children  in  all  those  branches  not 
absolutely  requiring  visible  illustrations,  as  spelling,  pro- 
nunciation, grammar,  arithmetic,  vocal  music  and  the 
like.  We  shall  avail  ourselves  of  the  special  institutions 
less,  and  the  common  schools  more." 

It  was  not  until  1900,  however,  that  any  formal  steps 
were  taken  to  make  provision  for  blind  children  in  the 
public  schools  in  any  city.  Scattered  instances  of  blind 
children  attending  public  schools  prior  to  that  date  could 
doubtless  be  found. 

In  the  late  1890's  there  was  considerable  agitation  in 
the  city  of  Chicago  to  get  the  Board  of  Education  to  set 
up  an  institution  for  the  blind  in  the  city  so  that  sightless 
boys  and  girls  in  Chicago  should  not  be  compelled  to  go 
several  hundred  miles  away  to  the  Illinois  School  for  the 
Blind  in  Jacksonville  for  their  education. 

Those  promoting  the  establishment  of  such  a  school  for 
the  blind  naturally  thought  of  a  segregated  school  some- 
what like  the  state  schools  in  existence.  Frank  H.  Hall, 
then  superintendent  of  the  Illinois  School  for  the  Blind, 
who  had  a  high  standing  in  the  state  as  an  educator,  went 
to  Chicago  several  times  to  persuade  educational  authori- 

128 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

ties  of  the  city  not  to  set  up  a  special  institution,  but  rather 
to  open  the  regular  classes  in  the  school  buildings  to  blind 
children  making  only  such  special  provisions  for  them  as 
was  necessary  to  enable  them  to  carry  on  their  work.  Mr. 
Hall  felt  that  through  such  a  plan  the  boys  and  girls 
could  grow  up  in  contact  and  competition  with  the  young 
people  who  in  the  future  would  be  those  with  whom  they 
would  live  and  work.  In  a  statement  made  to  the  com- 
mittee of  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  March  24,  1909,  he  said,  "Three  cities  have  inaug- 
urated the  wise  plan  of  teaching  blind  children  in  classes 
in  the  public  school.  I  think  the  method  of  segregating 
the  blind,  keeping  them  together  for  twelve  years,  as  they 
do  in  some  schools,  letting  them  forget  their  homes,  keep- 
ing them  not  with  the  class  with  whom  they  will  live 
after  they  leave  school,  cutting  them  off  from  society,  is 
the  greatest  mistake  that  was  ever  made.  The  public 
school  is  the  place  to  educate  a  blind  boy,  associating 
him  with  the  people  with  whom  he  will  associate  when 
he  leaves  school." 

John  B.  Curtis,  a  blind  graduate  of  the  Illinois  School 
for  the  Blind  and  later  a  teacher  in  that  institution,  was 
employed  as  the  first  supervisor  of  classes  for  the  blind 
in  the  public  schools  of  Chicago.  The  plan  which  he 
evolved  for  handling  this  work  has  been  copied  by  many 
other  cities.  It  was  to  divide  the  city  geographically  into 
several  large  districts  setting  aside  a  room  for  blind  chil- 
dren in  some  conveniently  located  building  in  each  of 
these  districts.  The  teachers  placed  in  charge  of  these 
home  rooms  not  only  taught  the  pupils  to  read  braille, 
the  use  of  the  typewriter,  etc.,  but  also  watched  their 
charges  to  see  to  it  that  they  got  full  advantage  of  the 
education  offered. 

129 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

The  pupils  in  Chicago  did  most  of  their  work  in  the 
regular  grade  rooms,  somewhat  more  so  even  than  is 
done  in  most  other  day  school  classes.  Mr.  Curtis  gave 
much  personal  attention  to  individual  pupils  in  the  gram- 
mar and  high  school  grades,  contributing  greatly  to  the 
success  of  his  students  both  while  in  school  and  in  later 
life.  He  was  one  of  the  most  devoted  and  admirable 
characters  the  education  of  the  blind  has  produced  in  the 
United  States.  Sincerity,  modesty,  devotion  and  good 
judgment  were  his  outstanding  characteristics. 

He  was  interested  in  every  phase  of  work  for  the  blind, 
especially  those  having  an  academic  aspect.  He  was  a 
valuable  member  of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee  in  its 
early  days  and  later  of  the  International  Committee  on 
Braille  Mathematical  Notation.  For  many  years  he  did 
the  final  proofreading  of  books  on  mathematics  and  ad- 
vanced science  of  all  kinds  for  the  American  Printing 
House  for  the  Blind.  The  high  standard  which  he  set 
for  the  practical  application  of  the  Taylor  braille  mathe- 
matical and  chemical  notation  long  had  a  profound  in- 
fluence on  the  correctness  of  books  prepared  for  high 
school  and  college  students  in  this  country.  He  never 
sought  personal  honors  but  the  manifest  joy  and  satis- 
faction which  he  derived  when  the  American  Founda- 
tion for  the  Blind  awarded  him  the  Migel  Medal  for  Out- 
standing Service  to  the  Blind  in  June,  1945  made  every- 
one realize  how  much  quiet  pleasure  he  got  from  recog- 
nition of  the  services  which  he  performed  in  an  unosten- 
tatious way. 

In  1905  Cincinnati  followed  Chicago  in  establishing 
day  school  classes  for  the  blind.  Unfortunately,  the  Cin- 
cinnati school  segregated  its  pupils  in  a  special  building. 
This  arrangement  sacrificed  those  advantages  to  blind 

130 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

children  which  grow  out  of  mingling  and  competing 
in  school  with  seeing  boys  and  girls  of  their  own  age.  In 
1907  Miss  Carrie  B.  Levy,  one  of  the  teachers  in  the  Chi- 
cago classes  for  the  blind,  was  instrumental  in  organizing 
classes  for  the  blind  in  Milwaukee.  In  1909  Cleveland 
and  New  York  opened  day  school  classes,  all  following 
the  plan  of  sending  the  pupils  into  the  regular  classes  for 
seeing  children  for  as  much  of  their  work  as  seemed 
practicable.  In  191 3  Cincinnati  reorganized  its  classes 
and  adopted  the  coeducational  plan  of  training  blind  and 
seeing  children  together. 

Minneapolis  and  St.  Paul  followed  in  19 19.  Seattle 
opened  a  class  in  1920  following  the  cooperative  plan. 
Later  it  adopted  the  plan  of  segregating  its  blind,  and 
largely  as  a  result  of  this  the  children  forsook  the  Seattle 
classes  and  went  to  the  state  institution.  Since  the  public 
schools  lacked  much  of  the  special  equipment  to  be 
found  at  the  state  school  at  Vancouver,  the  parents  de- 
cided that  when  the  coeducational  plan  was  abandoned 
much  of  the  advantages  of  having  the  children  attend 
the  public  schools  had  been  forfeited. 

In  191 7  Los  Angeles  opened  classes  for  blind  children 
but  soon  segregated  its  pupils  in  a  day  school  where  they 
had  little  or  no  contact  with  seeing  boys  and  girls  except 
in  their  own  homes. 

In  most  cities  where  provision  for  the  education  of 
blind  children  has  been  made,  sightless  pupils  in  the  high 
school  grades  attend  the  regular  high  school  with  no 
special  room  set  aside  for  their  use.  Readers  and  special 
tutors  are  usually  provided  to  read  aloud  books  that  are 
not  available  in  braille  or  as  Talking  Books,  and  also  to 
assist  the  students  in  such  subjects  as  foreign  languages 
and  mathematics.  The  day  school  plan  where  there  is  not 

131 


AS    I    SAW    IT 

close  cooperation  with  the  residential  schools  of  the  state 
has  certain  shortcomings.  Many  day  schools  do  not  pro- 
vide special  musical  instruction  or  adequate  manual  or 
prevocational  training. 

The  city  of  Cleveland  has  gone  further  than  any  other 
city  to  make  good  these  lacks.  The  musical  instruction 
is  comparable  to  that  afforded  in  a  residential  school.  Pu- 
pils are  assisted  to  take  part  in  the  manual  training  and 
prevocational  training  classes  offered  in  the  junior  and 
senior  high  schools  for  the  benefit  of  other  boys  and  girls. 
At  one  time  Cleveland  conducted  a  training  cottage  for 
its  boys  and  another  for  its  girls  where  the  pupils  lived 
three  or  four  days  out  of  every  week  for  a  year  or  more 
so  that  they  might  receive  training  in  table  manners  and 
other  social  niceties,  and  where  the  boys  might  learn  to 
hold  up  their  end  of  the  household  responsibilities  such 
as  shoveling  snow  from  the  sidewalks,  stoking  the  fur- 
nace, etc.,  and  where  the  girls  might  learn  to  make  beds, 
cook  their  meals,  set  and  serve  the  dining  room  table, 
sweep  the  floors,  and  the  like; 

Unfortunately,  Cleveland  discontinued  these  cottages 
a  good  many  years  ago  on  grounds  of  economy.  This 
curtailment  of  the  department  for  the  blind  was  carried 
out  by  the  Board  of  Education  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
even  with  the  training  cottages  the  average  per  capita  cost 
to  the  taxpayer  of  educating  blind  children  was  sub- 
stantially less  than  educating  them  in  the  state  residential 
school.  However,  the  training  cottages  were  in  operation 
for  several  years,  a  sufficient  period  to  demonstrate  their 
value  and  the  practicability  of  the  plan. 

There  was  once  operated  in  Detroit  at  private  expense 
a  training  cottage  for  blind  girls  but  the  Board  of  Edu- 
cation never  saw  its  way  clear  to  assume  the  entire  cost 

132 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

of  this  adjunct  to  the  department  of  the  blind.  Accord- 
ingly, the  cottage  was  eventually  closed. 

The  danger  inherent  in  day  schools  for  the  blind  is 
lack  of  special  supervision.  Their  success  will  not  be  in- 
sured unless  they  are  in  the  charge  of  a  specialist  who  can 
give  his  full  time  to  supervising  the  teachers  and  planning 
for  the  training  of  each  individual  blind  pupil.  Too  often 
the  department  for  the  blind,  because  it  cares  for  only  a 
small  number,  is  made  the  responsibility  of  the  supervisor 
of  special  classes  in  general  and  this  supervisor  seldom  has 
much  knowledge  or  special  interest  in  the  education  of 
the  blind. 

Few  cities  have  attempted  to  provide  educational  fa- 
cilities for  all  of  their  blind  children  because  it  is  felt 
that  where  the  home  doesn't  afford  wise  parental  co- 
operation it  is  better  for  the  pupils  to  attend  the  residen- 
tial school  of  the  state.  In  the  early  years  of  the  day 
school  movement  residential  school  managers  were  much 
perturbed  over  the  spread  of  the  day  school  program. 
It  was  feared  that  the  plan  might  in  some  way  actually 
supplant  the  residential  school.  However,  this  has  never 
happened  and  in  Oregon,  Washington  and  California  the 
superintendents  of  the  schools  for  the  blind  have  taken 
the  initiative  in  placing  blind  children  in  the  public  schools 
for  part  of  their  work. 

Nearly  a  third  of  the  institutions  for  the  blind  make 
some  use  of  public  school  classes.  The  plan  is  still  in  its 
formative  stages  but  it  is  becoming  obvious  that  ulti- 
mately most  states  will  evolve  some  plan  by  which  there 
will  be  close  cooperation  between  the  residential  schools 
for  the  blind  and  the  public  school  system.  In  such  a  pro- 
gram the  state  school  becomes  the  center  of  an  educa- 
tional service  for  the  state  rather  than  the  sole  instru- 

133 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

mentality  for  the  instruction  of  blind  children.  In  such 
a  program  the  superintendent  of  the  school  for  the  blind 
inspires  and  supervises  the  training  of  blind  children  of 
preschool  age  in  their  homes,  and  arranges  for  the  in- 
struction of  the  blind  children  of  the  state  under  con- 
ditions most  advantageous  to  each  individual. 

Where  the  cities  make  adequate  provision,  as  in  some 
places  in  Ohio,  blind  residents  of  those  cities  may  spend 
most  all  of  their  school  years  in  the  public  school  classes. 
In  other  states,  where  elaborate  provision  has  not  been 
made  for  blind  pupils,  the  institution  often  enrolls  the 
blind  children  for  preliminary  training  and  gradually 
works  them  into  the  public  school  classes,  either  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  residential  schools  or  in  their  own 
home  communities. 

It  is  difficult  to  trace  any  consistent  development  of 
classroom  teaching  methods  in  the  United  States.  Many 
of  the  schools  have  been  isolated  one  from  another  and 
have  therefore  been  slow  to  learn  of  successful  methods 
in  other  places.  The  great  majority  of  teachers  in  the 
schools  for  the  blind  have  not  been  especially  trained  for 
their  work.  During  the  first  twenty-five  years  of  the 
century  superintendents  seemed  to  feel  that  almost  any- 
one could  teach  blind  children.  Some  of  the  schools 
which  are  justly  proud  today  of  their  educational  stand- 
ards, a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  did  not  hesitate  to  place 
entirely  untrained  graduates  in  charge  of  classes  for  the 
blind  who  taught  by  methods  by  which  untrained  teach- 
ers before  them  had  taught  them.  Some  of  these  schools, 
in  cases  of  emergency,  would  draw  from  their  dining 
room  staffs  of  waitresses  to  take  charge  of  third  and  fourth 
grade  classes.  On  the  other  hand,  other  schools  as  far 
back  as  the  first  decade  of  the  century  had  on  their  facul- 

134 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

ties  many  normal  school  graduates  who  were  success- 
fully adapting  teaching  methods  for  seeing  children  to 
the  requirements  of  blind  children. 

Reading  by  word  form,  which  some  of  the  best  teach- 
ers today  are  introducing  as  an  innovation,  was  the  sub- 
ject of  a  heated  discussion  at  the  19 10  Little  Rock  con- 
vention of  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of 
the  Blind.  Prominent  superintendents  listened  with  skep- 
ticism to  a  young  teacher  from  Utah  who  told  of  teach- 
ing braille  by  word  form.  Only  in  recent  years  has  there 
been  any  consistent  progress  which  could  be  said  to  be 
a  national  trend  in  teaching  methods  especially  adapted 
to  the  blind.  Younger  teachers  are  now  for  the  most 
part  drawn  from  teachers'  colleges  and  follow  pretty 
closely  the  educational  trends  of  the  public  schools. 

It  can  be  said,  however,  that  there  has  been  progress 
made  in  the  use  of  certain  special  appliances.  It  was  early 
recognized  by  educators  of  the  blind  that  special  meas- 
ures must  be  taken  to  ensure  the  schools  the  special 
equipment  needed  for  the  education  of  blind  children, 
such  as  braille  slates,  mathematical  devices,  and  others. 
Only  with  assistance  from  the  Federal  Government 
could  this  need  be  met.  Therefore,  the  history  of  the 
efforts  to  secure  such  assistance  coincides  with  the  history 
of  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind. 

The  Printing  House  was  organized  as  a  Kentucky 
corporation,  not  for  profit,  in  1858.  It  was  to  be  main- 
tained by  a  special  tax  passed  by  the  Kentucky  legislature 
which  made  available  five  dollars  annually  for  each  blind 
resident  of  the  state.  Several  books  were  printed  at  this 
establishment  which  at  first  was  housed  in  the  basement 
of  the  Kentucky  School  for  the  Blind. 

In  1876  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of 

135 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


the  Blind  set  up  a  committee  to  work  out  a  plan  for 
national  cooperation.  It  was  hoped  that  other  states 
would  join  with  Kentucky  in  maintaining  a  printing 
house  for  the  blind.  The  exigencies  of  the  Civil  War  and 
the  years  that  followed,  however,  soon  made  it  apparent 
that  while  some  money  could  be  raised  in  different  states 
from  private  contributions,  little  could  be  accomplished 
with  joint  state  action.  The  Kentucky  establishment  was 
not  alone,  as  small  printing  plants  had  long  been  main- 
tained at  Perkins  Institution,  the  New  York  Institution 
for  the  Blind,  the  Pennsylvania  Institution  for  the  In- 
struction of  the  Blind,  and  by  the  Virginia  School  for 
the  Blind.  But  joint  action  was  not  forthcoming. 

In  1879  a  bill  passed  Congress  making  available  to  the 
American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind  the  interest  from 
$250,000  worth  of  United  States  bonds  which  were  to 
mature  in  forty  years.  The  income  from  these  bonds 
was  turned  over  to  the  Printing  House  with  the  under- 
standing that  it  would  revise  its  charter  so  that  in  addi- 
tion to  the  seven  citizens  of  Louisville  who  were  to  act 
as  trustees  and  managing  executive  committee,  the  super- 
intendents of  every  public  institution  for  the  education 
of  the  blind  would  be  ex  officio  members  of  the  govern- 
ing board. 

The  Printing  House  started  in  a  very  small  way.  In 
1880  there  were  six  or  eight  employees.  In  1950  the  staff 
had  grown  to  two  hundred  full-time  employees  and  fifty 
part-time  workers.  It  has  on  its  board  several  subcom- 
mittees, most  important  of  which  are  the  executive 
committee  consisting  of  the  local  Louisville  citizens,  and 
the  printing  committee  which  selects  the  books  to  be 
embossed. 

The  first  superintendent  of  the  American  Printing 

136 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

House  for  the  Blind  was  Benjamin  B.  Huntoon  who  was 
also  superintendent  of  the  Kentucky  School  for  the 
Blind.  Mr.  Huntoon  was  extremely  interested  in  the 
production  of  embossed  books  and  devoted  much  of  his 
time  and  genius  to  perfecting  not  only  books  in  tangible 
type  but  also  to  improving  and  manufacturing  tangible 
type  slates,  mathematical  appliances  and  maps.  Large 
dissected  maps  carved  from  laminated  wood  were  the 
pride  of  the  institution.  Mr.  Huntoon  carved  many  of 
these  maps  with  his  own  hands.  This  was  a  tedious  job 
but  the  product  was  not  only  a  superb  educational  ap- 
pliance to  those  who  must  depend  upon  their  fingers  for 
their  concepts,  but  also  had  much  eye  appeal.  To  the 
present  day  Mr.  Huntoon  has  had  five,  successors  as 
superintendents  of  the  Printing  House.  They  have  all 
been  called  from  the  ranks  of  superintendents  of  schools 
for  the  blind. 

In  1906,  anticipating  that  the  original  forty-year  bonds 
would  soon  mature,  Congress  changed  the  authorization 
by  continuing  an  annual  appropriation  of  $10,000.  In 
1919  an  additional  appropriation  of  $40,000  was  author- 
ized. In  1927  this  appropriation  was  raised  to  $65,000 
and  in  1937  to  $1 15,000.  Money  derived  from  these  gov- 
ernment grants  was  used  for  the  manufacture  of  books 
and  tangible  apparatus  which  is  distributed  annually 
among  the  schools  for  the  blind  in  proportion  to  the 
ratio  which  enrollment  of  any  one  school  bears  to  the 
total  blind  child  enrollment  for  all  schools  in  the  coun- 
try. For  example,  if  $50,000  was  available  for  the  manu- 
facture of  books  and  tangible  apparatus  and  if  there 
were  5,000  pupils  in  the  schools  for  the  blind,  each  school 
was  entitled  to  draw  from  the  Printing  House  for  books 
and  other  educational  paraphernalia  to  the  amount  of 

137 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

$10  per  child.  The  quota  of  the  schools  is  calculated 
every  year  from  the  enrollment  that  is  sent  in  to  Louis- 
ville in  January.  A  school  may  either  buy  books  and  ap- 
paratus already  in  stock  at  the  Printing  House  or  it  may 
use  its  quota  in  meeting  the  cost  of  producing  entirely 
new  books  or  apparatus  so  long  as  the  bulk  of  the  manu- 
facturing process  is  done  at  the  Printing  House.  It  can- 
not, however,  buy  with  its  allotment  books,  braille- 
writers,  or  other  equipment  manufactured  outside  of  the 
Printing  House. 

When  the  original  law  was  passed  establishing  the 
American  Printing  House,  "public  institutions  for  the 
education  of  the  blind"  consisted  solely  of  residential 
schools.  Following  the  establishment  of  the  first  day 
school  classes  in  city  public  schools  in  1900,  a  need  for 
a  broader  interpretation  of  the  Act  became  apparent. 
On  January  30,  191 2,  an  opinion  was  handed  down  by 
the  Department  of  the  Treasury  (under  which  Depart- 
ment the  Act  was  then  administered),  in  response  to  a 
request  from  the  public  day  schools  for  the  blind  of 
Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  stating  that  these  classes  were 
entitled  to  share  in  the  free  distribution  of  materials 
under  the  Act.  This  ruling  was  extended  to  cover  the 
classes  for  the  blind  in  public  schools  throughout  the 
country,  and  the  superintendent  of  each  school  system 
conducting  such  classes  for  the  blind  is  an  ex  officio 
trustee  of  the  American  Printing  House  for  the  Blind. 

With  the  advent  of  the  Talking  Book  the  Printing 
House  turned  its  attention  to  the  manufacure  of  this  new 
appliance  and  by  1936  it  was  equipped  to  produce  such 
books  for  distribution  to  the  schools.  Many  of  the  Talk- 
ing Books  purchased  by  the  Library  of  Congress  are 
suitable  for  school  use  and  many  others  are  suitable  for 

138 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

use  by  school  pupils  for  supplementary  reading.  The 
Printing  House,  therefore,  obtained  substantial  orders 
from  the  Library  of  Congress  so  that  it  could  keep  its 
Talking  Book  department  operating  at  capacity  and  at 
the  same  time  build  up  masters  from  which  records  could 
be  pressed  for  distribution  to  the  schools  on  their  gov- 
ernment quotas. 

In  order  to  benefit  from  the  economies  of  quantity 
production  the  Printing  House  has  manufactured  other 
books  and  apparatus  on  contract  for  other  private  and 
public  agencies.  As  early  as  1887  it  embossed  the  Bible 
for  the  American  Bible  Society  and  since  1883,  other 
religious  literature  for  the  Society  for  Providing  Evan- 
gelical Religious  Literature  for  the  Blind.  Gradually,  it 
took  on  the  publication  of  magazines  on  a  contract  basis 
until  today  it  produces  over  fifty  braille  and  three  Talk- 
ing Book  magazines. 

The  first  decade  of  the  century  witnessed  a  general 
awakening  in  the  schools  for  the  blind  to  the  importance 
of  physical  education.  Dr.  Howe  of  Perkins  Institution 
several  decades  earlier  had  given  a  great  deal  of  attention 
to  the  physical  development  of  his  pupils.  He  stressed 
its  importance  in  his  annual  reports,  but  most  of  the 
schools  for  the  blind  attached  little  significance  to  that 
aspect  of  a  blind  child's  education. 

In  about  1899  Edward  E.  Allen  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Institution  for  the  Instruction  of  the  Blind  was  able  to 
get  his  school  moved  from  the  cramped  quarters  on  Race 
Street  in  Philadelphia  to  a  roomy  campus  in  Overbrook, 
a  suburb  of  Philadelphia.  Mr.  Allen  had  served  for  sev- 
eral years  as  a  teacher  of  physical  education  and  other 
subjects  at  the  Royal  Normal  College  in  London.  Sir 
Francis  Campbell,  the  superintendent,  was  a  great  be- 

139 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

liever  in  the  moral  and  health  values  of  developing  to  the 
uttermost  the  physiques  of  his  blind  students.  Mr.  Allen 
introduced  many  of  his  methods  at  Overbrook  and  gave 
them  great  publicity,  especially  among  the  schools  for 
the  blind  of  the  United  States. 

An  athletic  team  was  developed  in  the  school  which 
competed  successfully  against  many  of  the  schools  for 
seeing  children  in  Philadelphia  and  vicinity.  His  interest 
found  kindred  spirits  in  the  schools  for  the  blind  in 
Kentucky,  New  Mexico,  Western  Pennsylvania,  and  in 
other  places.  Athletic  teams  were  developed  whose  prow- 
ess won  local  recognition.  It  was  extremely  difficult  to 
bring  these  teams  together  in  order  to  compete  directly 
with  one  another  but  a  plan  was  devised  for  holding  an 
athletic  match  in  several  different  schools  on  the  same 
day.  The  records  made  by  the  athletes  in  these  different 
schools  were  wired  to  the  other  schools  and  in  this  way 
a  national  track  meet  with  each  pupil  competing  on  his 
own  athletic  field  many  hundreds  of  miles  away  was 
carried  on.  This  stimulated  a  great  interest  in  physical 
education.  Later,  track  teams  of  blind  athletes  from 
Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  New  York  City,  Batavia,  Pitts- 
burgh and  other  schools  met  and  actually  competed  on 
the  same  athletic  field.  Plans  for  new  school  buildings 
provided  for  special  gymnasiums  adapted  for  the  use  of 
blind  children  and  today  the  physical  appearance  of  the 
pupils  in  the  schools  for  the  blind  is  far  superior  to  that 
of  a  half  century  ago. 

When  the  blind  children  have  completed  high  school 
work  or  when  they  have  reached  working  age  and  high 
school  training  does  not  seem  indicated,  the  school 
authorities  should  plan  and  supervise  their  further  in- 
struction, In  some  cases  the  young  blind  are  encouraged 

140 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

to  attend  a  university,  in  other  cases  they  are  assigned 
to  the  state  vocational  rehabilitation  department  for  vo- 
cational training  and  placement. 

Individual  blind  people  of  special  ability,  whether  with 
or  without  tutors,  have  managed  to  make  their  way 
through  institutions  of  higher  learning.  In  the  late  i  8oo's 
a  movement  was  on  foot,  originating  in  the  state  of  Mis- 
souri, to  establish  a  special  college  for  the  blind  or  special 
national  scholarships  for  blind  college  students  so  that 
they  might  be  helped  to  attend  the  university  of  their 
choice.  This  movement  never  found  much  favor,  how- 
ever, because  experience  had  already  shown  that  when 
a  blind  college  student  is  provided  with  an  adequate 
reading  service  and  where  the  college  authorities  are 
willing  to  make  reasonable  adaptations  of  courses  involv- 
ing laboratory  work,  etc.,  the  blind  student  does  very 
well  and  manages  to  keep  pace  with  his  seeing  associates. 

This  broadens  the  educational  opportunities  for  blind 
people  far  beyond  anything  that  would  likely  be  offered 
by  a  special  college  for  the  blind.  Furthermore,  no  col- 
lege for  the  blind  would  ever  win  the  prestige  of  a  large 
university.  A  degree  from  a  college  for  the  blind  would 
probably  mean  very  little  to  the  blind  man  seeking  a  job 
where  college  training  is  a  prerequisite. 

An  effort  was  also  made  by  blind  people  during  the 
last  decade  of  the  nineteenth  century  and  the  first  decade 
of  the  twentieth  century  to  obtain  federal  government 
scholarships  for  the  blind.  This  effort  failed,  however, 
because  of  the  opposition  of  prominent  superintendents 
of  schools  for  the  blind  who  seemed  to  feel  that  such 
scholarships  were  unnecessary  or  undesirable. 

As  a  new  approach  to  the  subject  Newell  Perry,  a 
graduate  of  the  California  School  for  the  Blind  and  a 

141 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

student  at  Columbia  University,  was  responsible  for  get- 
ting the  state  of  New  York,  in  1907,  to  set  up  reading 
scholarships  for  blind  college  students.  These  scholar- 
ships, administered  by  the  State  Board  of  Regents,  pro- 
vided blind  people  with  an  annual  allowance  for  meeting 
the  cost  of  reading  service  in  the  colleges  and  universities 
of  the  state  and  under  certain  conditions  outside  of  the 
state.  The  annual  allowance  to  a  student  for  this  purpose 
was  only  $300.00  in  the  beginning  but  this  has  gradually 
been  increased  over  the  years  until  in  1950  it  was 
$500.00.  Other  states  have  copied  this  provision  in  one 
form  or  another  until  eighteen  states  now  have  such 
scholarships  ranging  from  $200.00  to  $900.00  maximum 
annual  allowance.  In  some  states  it  is  for  meeting  the 
cost  of  readers  only,  in  others  it  is  for  meeting  the  cost 
of  readers  plus  living  expenses.  In  some  states  the  scholar- 
ship is  only  allowed  a  student  attending  a  university  pro- 
viding the  university  admits  him  free  of  tuition  charges. 
Most  universities  cooperate  with  blind  students  after  the 
management  understands  that  they  are  usually  able  to 
do  the  work  required  of  seeing  students  without  unrea- 
sonable special  concessions. 

Most  professional  schools  are  open  to  the  blind.  As  a 
result  a  goodly  number  of  blind  people  have  attained 
success  in  the  profession  of  law,  in  teaching,  as  ministers 
of  the  Gospel,  etc.  Some  professional  fields  have  offered 
special  difficulties.  At  one  time  schools  of  osteopathy 
were  especially  sympathetic  to  blind  students,  but  unfor- 
tunately the  opposition  of  examining  boards  in  certain 
states  gradually  closed  such  schools  to  the  blind.  The 
Board  of  Regents  in  New  York  and  the  examining  board 
in  Pennsylvania  even  refused  to  recognize  a  degree  for 
anyone  graduating  from  a  school  of  osteopathy  which 

142 


EDUCATION     OF     THE     BLIND 

permitted  a  blind  person  to  graduate.  The  opposition  of 
these  boards  was  usually  due  to  the  prejudice  of  some 
outstanding  person  on  the  board  who  did  not  believe 
that  a  blind  person  could  successfully  practice  osteopa- 
thy. As  the  schools  of  osteopathy  are  private  establish- 
ments and  in  no  position  to  fight  the  examining  boards 
or  boards  of  regents,  they  succumbed  to  this  opposition. 
One  school  of  osteopathy  after  another  was  closed  to  the 
blind  until  today  there  is  practically  no  opportunity  for 
blind  people  to  equip  themselves  to  practice  the  profes- 
sion even  though  some  of  these  schools  for  many  years 
have  had  blind  people  on  their  faculties. 

Blind  people  have  also  had  much  difficulty  in  obtain- 
ing training  as  physiotherapists.  This  has  been  largely 
due  to  the  opposition  of  the  physiotherapists'  association. 
Had  it  not  been  for  the  strong  public  opinion  behind 
certain  blind  veterans,  all  schools  of  physiotherapy  would 
probably  have  followed  the  examples  of  the  schools  of 
osteopathy  and  closed  their  doors  to  the  blind.  In  Great 
Britain  the  National  Institute  for  the  Blind  has  established 
a  school  of  physiotherapy  offering  an  excellent  three- 
year  training  course.  The  faculty  of  this  school  contains 
some  of  the  leading  physicians  of  London  and  unlike 
the  situation  in  the  United  States,  blind  physiotherapists 
in  Great  Britain  stand  well  with  the  medical  profession. 


H3 


^v 


EARNING  A  LIVING 

WITHOUT  BENEFIT 

OF   SIGHT 


The  history  of  planned  and  organized  work  to  provide 
employment  for  the  adult  blind  belongs  in  the  twentieth 
century.  Although  Dr.  Irwin's  training  had  been  mainly 
that  of  an  educator's,  his  years  as  Executive  Director  of  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  brought  him  in  close 
touch  with  all  movements  aimed  at  increasing  the  vocational 
opportunities  of  the  blind.  Foremost  among  these  movements 
were  the  efforts  made  by  friends  of  the  blind  to  obtain 
legislation  which  would  provide  vocational  training  and  also 
would  create  new  possibilities  for  employment.  Dr.  Irwin 
took  an  active  part  in  all  such  efforts.  His  experiences  with 
the  lawmakers  in  Washington  were  arduous,  long  and  ex- 
hausting, sometimes  hilarious,  but  always  exciting. 


rom  some  standpoints,  modern  work  for 
the  adult  blind  in  the  United  States  began 
the  day  the  Dennison  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany employed  a  blind  box  corner-cutter. 
Doubtless  individual  blind  people  before 
had  obtained  jobs  for  themselves  in  regu- 
lar factories,  performing  processes  for  which  the  factory 
management  was  accustomed  to  hiring  seeing  people, 
but  as  far  as  the  author  knows  this  was  the  first  job  of 
its  kind  obtained  by  a  representative  of  an  organization 
for  the  blind. 

Scattered  instances  of  this  kind  do  not  make  the  be- 
ginning of  a  movement,  but  when  that  movement  uses 
this  particular  job  or  particular  incident  as  a  precedent 
upon  which  it  builds  future  developments,  then  it  may 
be  said  that  the  work  stemmed  from  that  event. 

Mr.  Charles  F.  F.  Campbell  had  in  mind  when  he 
persuaded  the  Dennison  Manufacturing  Company  to  hire 
this  blind  box  corner-cutter  not  only  finding  men  a 
chance  to  earn  a  living  in  a  normal  way,  but  he  also  con- 
sidered this  experiment  a  demonstration  of  what  could 
be  done  for  the  blind  with  the  cooperation  of  under- 
standing employers.  Photographs  were  taken  and  lantern 
slides  made  and  shown  all  over  the  state  of  Massachusetts. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  they  were  shown  all  over  the  coun- 
try as  a  part  of  an  educational  program  designed  to 
familiarize  the  public  with  the  idea  that  blind  people 

H7 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

could  fill  useful  places  in  the  industrial  life  of  any- 
community. 

This  form  of  employment  of  the  blind,  however,  did 
not  become  popular  until  the  demands  upon  the  labor 
supply  of  the  country  during  the  first  world  war  made 
employers  willing  to  consider  blind  people  as  poten- 
tial sources  of  labor.  The  management  of  the  Crocker 
Wheeler  Company  of  Newark,  New  Jersey  became  en- 
thusiastic over  the  idea  and  not  only  offered  to  employ 
blind  workmen  but  set  up  a  regular  department  for 
facilitating  this  experiment.  This  department  was  known 
as  the  "Double-Duty  Finger  Guild."  At  one  time  over 
one  hundred  blind  employees  were  at  work  in  the  fac- 
tory. The  management  was  so  enthusiastic  over  the  re- 
sults that  the  officials  lost  no  opportunity  to  discuss  the 
subject  publicly  at  meetings  where  the  management  of 
various  other  companies  was  represented. 

However,  after  the  war  was  over  and  the  shortage  of 
labor  ceased  to  exist  and  it  became  necessary  for  the 
company  to  reduce  its  force,  blind  people  were  gradu- 
ally dropped  along  with  others.  This  was  accentuated 
when  Mr.  Wheeler  died.  The  company  has  always  em- 
ployed a  few  blind  people  since  that  time,  though  the 
number  has  dwindled  to  less  than  a  half  dozen. 

Other  concerns  which  were  conspicuous  for  employ- 
ing blind  people  were  the  Ford  Motor  Company  and  the 
National  Cash  Register  Company.  Henry  Ford  was 
especially  proud  of  his  employment  of  blind  and  partially 
blind  people.  He  paid  them  the  regular  minimum  wage 
that  he  paid  the  rank  and  file  of  seeing  people.  In  1944 
he  was  awarded  the  Migel  Medal  for  Outstanding  Serv- 
ice to  the  Blind  not  only  because  of  the  number  of  blind 

148 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

people  he  had  employed,  but  because  of  the  example  he 
had  set  other  employers. 

Many  other  companies,  too  numerous  to  mention,  have 
employed  blind  people  more  or  less  regularly.  However, 
placement  agents  have  questioned  the  wisdom  of  locating 
more  than  two  or  three  blind  employees  in  any  one  fac- 
tory. If  the  number  is  kept  small,  adjustments  can  be 
readily  made  when  processes  change  or  when  the  de- 
mand for  labor  fluctuates.  After  the  second  world  war 
the  Radio  Corporation  of  America  adopted  the  policy 
of  employing  one  blind  person  for  each  thousand  of  its 
employees.  Another  manufacturing  concern  which  ac- 
quired some  local  reputation  for  employing  blind  people 
was  the  Upson  Nut  Company,  of  Cleveland,  Ohio.  In 
this  plant  certain  processes  were  set  aside  to  be  done  by 
blind  people  when  they  were  available.  One  of  these 
processes  was  testing  the  threads  in  nuts  and  bolts.  The 
testing  process  consisted  of  screwing  a  nut  onto  a  bolt 
and  packing  them  in  boxes. 

In  most  instances,  blind  people  were  seldom  employed 
by  any  company  except  upon  the  intercession,  or  at  least 
the  guidance,  of  a  placement  agent  in  the  employment 
of  an  organization  for  the  blind.  However,  the  Upson 
Nut  Company  became  so  well  known  as  an  employer  of 
the  blind  that  blind  people  arriving  in  town  and  wanting 
a  job  would  often  head  directly  for  the  company,  line 
up  in  the  employment  office,  and  get  a  job  without  any 
intercession  by  a  social  worker.  This  ability  to  find  a  job 
without  having  to  apply  to  a  philanthropic  concern  was 
a  source  of  great  gratification  to  many  independently- 
minded  sightless  men. 

Though  Charles  F.  F.  Campbell,  for  several  years  ex- 

149 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

ecutive  head  of  the  Massachusetts  Commission  for  the 
Blind,  seems  to  have  been  the  first  to  conceive  and  put 
into  operation  the  placement  of  blind  people  in  regular 
factories,  side  by  side  with  the  seeing,  some  of  his  fel- 
low workers  for  the  blind  were  pessimistic  about  the 
future  of  this  method  of  employment.  Miss  Florence 
Birchard,  his  successor  in  placement  work  with  the  com- 
mission, followed  Mr.  Campbell  in  finding  employment 
for  many  blind  individuals  in  factories  with  seeing  people 
and  in  other  kinds  of  jobs  not  usually  considered  avail- 
able as  outlets  for  blind  labor,  such  as  domestic  service. 
Charles  W.  Holmes,  a  fellow  member  of  the  staff  of  the 
Massachusetts  Commission  for  the  Blind,  however,  felt 
that  some  workers  for  the  blind  had  become  too  optimis- 
tic about  factory  employment  as  an  opening  for  blind 
labor,  and  he  issued  a  rather  pessimistic  report  on  the 
subject  in  1919. 

Later,  a  new  man  came  into  the  picture,  who  had 
unbounded  faith  in  the  opportunities  which  the  regular 
factory  held  for  blind  people.  He  was  so  enthusiastic 
upon  the  subject  and  such  a  good  salesman  of  blind 
workmen  that  one  foreman  said  that  to  hear  Mr.  Clunk 
talk  you  would  almost  believe  that  blindness  was  an  asset 
in  a  factory  worker.  When  Joseph  F.  Clunk  became 
Chief  of  the  Services  for  the  Blind  in  the  Federal  Office 
of  Vocational  Rehabilitation,  he  not  only  had  the  oppor- 
tunity to  demonstrate  personally  his  ability  to  place  blind 
people  in  factories,  but  also  had  a  chance  to  train  many 
placement  agents  in  the  technique  of  finding  locations 
for  sightless  workmen. 

In  addition  to  the  movement  to  place  blind  people  in 
regular  factories  doing  certain  kinds  of  repetitive  work 
requiring  little  or  no  training,  efforts  were  made  to  place 

150 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

blind  people  in  offices  on  clerical  jobs  usually  performed 
by  seeing  people.  The  Dictaphone,  Ediphone,  and  simi- 
lar dictating  machines  have  given  many  blind  women, 
and  some  men,  an  opportunity  to  earn  their  daily  bread. 
They  have  been  trained  for  such  clerical  work,  some- 
times by  associations  and  schools  for  the  blind,  sometimes 
in  regular  business  colleges  cooperating  with  agencies 
for  the  blind.  Many  of  these  blind  men  and  women 
have  been  extremely  successful.  Montgomery  Ward  & 
Company  has  employed  one  or  more  blind  women  for 
twenty-five  years  or  more,  and  hundreds  of  blind  Dicta- 
phone operators  have  found  very  satisfactory  jobs  not 
only  in  commercial  concerns  but  in  state  and  federal 
offices. 

However,  the  placement  of  blind  people  in  commer- 
cial and  manufacturing  concerns  has  not  removed  the 
necessity  of  the  special  workshop  for  the  blind.  Special 
workshops  were  established  in  the  United  States  as  far 
back  as  1841.  In  the  last  decade  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury and  the  first  decade  of  the  twentieth  quite  a  wave 
of  establishing  employment  institutions  for  the  blind 
spread  over  the  country.  These  institutions  were  com- 
bination workshops,  vocational  schools  and  boarding- 
houses.  They  were  usually  maintained  by  the  state  and 
at  state  expense.  Board  was  provided  either  free  or  at  a 
very  low  rate.  Wages  were  ordinarily  low.  The  institu- 
tions usually  showed  a  substantial  deficit  at  the  end  of 
the  year,  which  was  made  up  from  state  appropriations. 
In  some  instances  those  entering  the  institutions  came 
with  the  understanding  that  they  would  remain  for  only 
two  or  three  years,  while  they  were  learning  their  trades. 
But  when  the  training  period  was  over,  their  home  con- 
nection had  often  been  broken  and  there  was  no  place 

151 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

for  them  to  go  except  to  the  county  poor  farms.  Often 
they  were  permitted  to  remain  in  the  institution  for  many 
years,  so  that  it  became  difficult  eventually  to  say 
whether  the  institution  was  a  training  school,  a  working 
home,  or  just  a  refuge  for  aged  blind  people. 

During  the  first  decade  of  the  twentieth  century 
questions  began  to  be  raised  as  to  the  wisdom  of  having 
a  boardinghouse  feature  connected  with  the  special  em- 
ployment establishments  for  the  blind.  In  certain  places 
like  Perkins  Institution,  day  workshops  had  been  con- 
ducted for  half  a  century  but  for  the  most  part  the  board- 
inghouse feature  was  an  integral  part  of  the  plan.  Men 
like  Charles  W.  Holmes,  Eben  P.  Morford  and  others 
began  urging  the  establishment,  on  at  least  a  trial  basis, 
of  special  day  workshops  where  blind  people  could  live 
in  their  own  homes,  or  board  in  private  families,  and 
come  to  work  in  the  special  shop  for  the  blind  just  as 
their  seeing  friends  might  go  to  work  each  day  in  a  regu- 
lar industrial  establishment.  The  objectionable  character- 
istics of  the  boardinghouse  feature  became  so  conspicu- 
ous that  such  institutions  have  ceased  to  be  established 
in  this  country.  Some  institutions  have  retained  the 
boardinghouse  for  a  few  of  their  older  employees,  or 
as  a  rehabilitation  center  where  newly  blinded  men  and 
women  can  be  helped  with  their  adjustment  to  the  lack 
of  sight.  The  best  workshop  managers  scrutinize  their 
boardinghouse  departments  with  the  greatest  of  care,  to 
see  that  they  do  not  become  permanent  residences  if  it  is 
possible  to  make  other  arrangements. 

In  addition  to  the  blind  who  are  working  in  factories 
with  the  seeing  and  in  special  workshops,  there  are  thou- 
sands of  blind  people — no  one  knows  how  many — who 
have  found  jobs  for  themselves  in  regular  factories,  or 

152 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

who  have  set  up  independent  business  establishments. 
Probably  blind  people  have  operated  small  stores  and 
other  business  ventures  for  centuries.  Certainly  during 
the  present  century  hundreds  of  blind  men,  and  some 
blind  women,  have  set  up  small  shops  of  one  kind  or 
another.  Many  of  them  employ  seeing  people  to  do 
much  of  the  work,  the  blind  men  supplying  the  capital 
and  business  management.  One  elderly  blind  man  who 
had  been  very  successful  in  business  once  said  to  the 
author,  "Sight  is  the  cheapest  thing  in  the  world,  it's 
brains  that  cost  money."  If  the  blind  man  has  the  brains 
and  a  little  money,  and  the  right  kind  of  special  abilities, 
he  may  find  plenty  of  precedents  for  operating  banks, 
loan  agencies,  grocery  stores,  taverns,  book  stores,  music 
stores,  phonograph  record  stores,  newspapers,  yacht 
building  yards,  trucking  businesses,  restaurants,  hotels, 
etc. 

However,  it  is  the  special  workshop  which  forms  the 
most  characteristic  opportunity  for  the  average  blind 
man  or  woman  to  earn  his  living.  These  workshops  are 
usually  organized  as  corporations  not  for  profit.  In  a  few 
instances,  workshops  have  been  set  up  as  profit  ventures 
by  persons  interested  in  the  blind,  the  management  hop- 
ing to  employ  a  majority  of  seeing  workmen.  These  men 
have  worked  on  the  theory  that  they  could  make  suffici- 
ent profit  from  the  product  of  seeing  labor  to  offset  any 
possible  loss  on  their  blind  employees.  These  factories 
have  seldom,  if  ever,  been  a  success.  Sometimes  they  have 
fallen  into  ill  repute  by  employing  a  minimum  of  blind 
people  though  making  an  appeal  to  the  public  for  pa- 
tronage on  the  grounds  that  they  were  employing  the 
blind. 

The  special  workshop  operating  frankly  not  for  profit 

153 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


usually  selects  its  employees  from  among  those  who  for 
some  reason  cannot  be  satisfactorily  placed  in  industry. 
Either  there  is  no  factory  in  the  community  which  can 
or  is  willing  to  absorb  this  labor  or,  which  is  quite  as 
often  the  case,  the  special  workshop  employs  blind 
people  whose  lack  of  sight  has  reduced  their  productive 
ability  to  such  an  extent  that  they  cannot  carry  their 
own  weight  in  competition  with  the  sighted.  Or  it  may 
be  that  they  have  never  been  able  to  sufficiently  adjust 
themselves  to  the  loss  of  sight  to  enable  them  to  get 
about  with  enough  independence  to  work  in  a  regular 
factory. 

A  special  workshop  has  many  policy  questions  to  de- 
cide. There  is  no  accepted  principle  which  governs  the 
management  of  all.  Some  workshops  try  to  select  work- 
men with  a  high  degree  of  productivity  but  who,  for 
personal  reasons  or  for  some  other  reasons,  cannot  be 
employed  in  regular  concerns.  The  managements  of  such 
establishments  try  to  operate  without  a  deficit,  even 
though  they  pay  good  wages.  They  very  rarely  succeed  in 
keeping  out  of  the  red,  however,  and  therefore  they  must 
depend  upon  a  generous  public  to  make  up  the  deficit. 

Blindness  varies  greatly  in  its  effect  upon  the  capacity 
of  blind  people  to  work.  For  this  reason  it  is  usually  good 
policy  to  place  the  workmen  on  a  piece  rate  basis.  When 
this  is  done,  the  piece  rate  is  usually  high  enough  to  en- 
able a  workman  of  average  ability  to  earn  wages  equal 
to  those  that  are  prescribed  by  the  labor  union  in  the 
locality,  and  sometimes  the  rate  is  higher  than  that  paid 
seeing  people  for  their  output  in  corresponding  industrial 
concerns.  Therefore,  many  of  these  blind  people  earn 
good  wages  but  some,  even  at  a  high  piece  rate,  are  able 
to  earn  only  a  few  dollars  a  week.  The  question  then 

154 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

arises,  does  the  man  produce  a  sufficient  amount  to 
justify  retaining  him  in  the  shop  where  he  takes  the  place 
of  a  more  productive  worker?  If  he  is  kept  and  does  not 
earn  enough  to  meet  his  living  expenses,  what  shall  the 
shop  do  about  it?  Usually  some  plan  is  evolved  by  which 
the  amount  of  earned  wages  is  augmented  by  an  amount 
sufficient  to  enable  the  worker  to  live  decently.  Usually 
the  blind  relief  authorities  operating  under  the  Federal 
Social  Security  Act  cooperate  in  a  case  of  this  kind.  But 
the  workshop  frequently  has  to  raise  money  from  private 
sources  to  make  up  this  augmentation  fund. 

The  question  always  arises,  how  to  augment  wages 
and  at  the  same  time  encourage  the  workman  not  only 
to  put  forth  his  best  efforts  but  to  try  to  improve  his 
skill.  The  workshop  management  usually  meets  this  situ- 
ation by  handling  the  supplementary  pay  of  the  blind 
worker  in  such  a  way  that  the  more  he  produces,  the 
more  take-home  pay  he  has.  For  example,  if  it  is  decided 
that  a  blind  man  must  have  $25  a  week  on  which  to  live, 
but  is  able  to  earn  only  $10,  he  is  paid  $15  augmentation 
pay.  If  by  increasing  his  efficiency  and  putting  forth 
more  effort,  he  is  able  to  produce  enough  so  that  his  real 
earnings  are  $11,  his  augmentation  is  increased  by  50 
cents.  He  then  has  an  income  of  $26.50.  If  he  earns  still 
another  dollar,  his  pay  is  augmented  by  another  50  cents 
and  his  total  income  is  $28.  The  management,  however, 
usually  decides  upon  a  certain  top  weekly  income  above 
which  the  workshop  will  not  participate  with  augumen- 
tation  money. 

The  most  serious  problem  confronting  the  workshop 
manager  is  to  find  a  suitable  product  to  manufacture. 
Workshops  are  influenced  very  much  by  tradition.  Those 
who  established  the  workshops  for  the  blind  in  this  coun- 

155 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

try  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarters  of  the  nineteenth 
century,  discovered  that  the  manufacture  of  brooms 
and  the  cane-seating  of  chairs  offered  fair  opportunities 
for  blind  people  to  earn  a  living.  Not  too  high  a  degree 
of  skill  was  required,  and  it  was  not  too  difficult  to  find 
a  market  in  the  community  for  the  products.  During 
the  twentieth  century  an  effort  has  been  made  to  get 
away  from  brooms  and  chair  caning,  if  possible.  Broom 
making  seems  to  be  a  declining  business,  and  cane-seated 
chairs  are  becoming  obsolete.  Still,  today  more  blind 
people  work  at  the  manufacture  of  brooms  in  special 
workshops  than  at  any  other  trade. 

Experiments  have  been  conducted  with  making  coco- 
mats,  pillowcases  and  doormats  constructed  of  new  rubber 
blocks  and  wire,  or  made  from  wornout  automobile  tires 
cut  into  small  pieces  and  strung  on  wires.  Experiments  have 
also  been  made  with  rag-rug  weaving,  weaving  of  linen 
for  table  scarves,  weaving  of  cloth  from  homespun  wool, 
brush  making,  basket  making  and  mop  making.  Basket 
making  never  became  very  popular,  first  because  of  the 
skill  it  required,  and  second,  because  of  the  competition 
with  cheap  foreign  labor.  At  best,  few  blind  people  were 
able  to  earn  reasonable  wages.  Rag-rug  weaving  lacked 
a  sufficiently  large  market,  and  again,  competition  left 
little  margin  for  the  blind  workman  of  average  ability. 
Limited  markets  also  kept  coco-mat  manufacture  and 
other  mat  business  from  expanding  sufficiently  to  em- 
ploy many  blind  people. 

Perhaps  the  greatest  problem  facing  the  special  work- 
shop manager  is  that  of  disposing  of  his  product.  In 
normal  times  most  workshops  for  the  blind  have  diffi- 
culty in  selling  enough  of  their  output  to  keep  the 
blind  people  who  want  work  fully  occupied.  During 

i56 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

recent  years,  the  managers  have  given  more  attention  to 
their  sales  departments.  They  have  found  that  with  a  com- 
petent sales  force  travelling  about  calling  on  customers, 
as  does  the  average  factory  salesman,  the  market  could 
be  expanded  substantially. 

Many  workshops  have  tried  selling  brooms  and  other 
commodities  direct  to  the  consumer,  from  door  to  door, 
with  a  kind  of  Fuller  Brush  procedure.  Some  depart- 
ment stores  have  been  induced  to  put  in  a  special  counter 
for  commodities  made  by  the  blind,  giving  the  entire 
proceeds  to  the  local  agencies  for  the  blind.  There  have 
been  cases  when  commodities  made  by  the  blind  were 
sold  at  church  bazaars  and  at  counters  in  summer  and 
winter  resort  hotels. 

Where  the  homework  done  by  the  blind  could  be 
sufficiently  standardized,  products  of  blind  labor  have 
sometimes  been  sold  to  jobbers.  Usually,  however,  this 
procedure  has  showed  a  substantial  deficit,  even  under 
favorable  conditions.  Perhaps  the  most  successful  effort 
in  this  connection  has  been  the  selling  to  jobbers  and  re- 
tail stores  of  handwoven  neckties  manufactured  by  a 
workshop  for  the  blind  in  Seattle,  Washingon. 

In  some  instances  substantial  quantities  of  brooms  have 
been  sold  to  railroads  and  steamship  companies  in  satis- 
factory quantities  and  at  prices  which  left  room  for  fair 
wages  to  blind  people  without  causing  much  of  a  deficit 
on  the  shop's  books. 

One  of  the  largest  outlets,  though  usually  leaving  little 
margin  for  wages  and  management,  has  been  the  sale  of 
brooms  and  mops  to  federal  and  state  governments.  In 
this  kind  of  business,  however,  very  severe  competition 
has  had  to  be  met.  In  the  mop  business,  for  instance, 
where  there  were  only  a  few  manufacturers,  the  bulk  of 

157 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

the  mops  offered  the  government  were  made  by  work- 
shops for  the  blind,  who  found  that  other  workshops  for 
the  blind  were  their  most  severe  competitors.  In  fact, 
they  were  all  actually  selling  at  a  loss,  to  the  Federal 
Government  especially,  even  though  the  wages  paid  blind 
people  were  small  and  only  sufficient  profit  was  being 
sought  to  meet  the  cost  of  operation. 

To  relieve  this  situation  it  was  decided  to  ask  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  to  get  a  law  enacted 
by  Congress  which  would  require  the  federal  purchasing 
departments  to  buy  from  workshops  for  the  blind  brooms, 
mops  and  other  suitable  commodities  which  could  be 
made  by  the  blind.  Congresswoman  Mrs.  Caroline  O'Day 
and  Senator  Robert  F.  Wagner,  both  of  New  York,  were 
interested  in  sponsoring  such  a  bill.  The  commodities 
made  by  the  blind  were  to  be  bought  by  the  Federal 
Government  at  a  fair  market  price,  to  be  determined  by 
a  committee  appointed  by  the  President  and  containing 
representatives  of  the  federal  departments  doing  the  most 
purchasing,  such  as  the  Army,  Navy,  Post  Office,  etc.  In 
addition  to  the  department  representatives,  the  committee 
was  to  contain  a  representative  of  the  general  public 
familiar  with  the  employment  of  the  blind. 

The  bill  was  introduced,  and  in  order  that  the  reader 
may  understand  some  of  the  difficulties  of  getting  such  a 
worthy  measure  through  Congress,  I  am  going  into 
some  detail  regarding  the  efforts  to  obtain  its  passage. 

The  bill  was  introduced  into  the  House  and  Senate 
almost  simultaneously.  It  passed  the  Senate  with  little 
difficulty,  but  in  the  House  a  peculiar  set  of  obstacles  was 
encountered. 

The  Committee  on  Executive  Department  Expendi- 
tures was  quite  inactive.  Few  bills  were  referred  to  it. 

i58 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

The  chairman  was  not  in  good  health  and  the  committee 
seldom  met.  Sometimes  the  committee  meetings  were  as 
infrequent  as  two  or  three  times  a  year.  Such  committees 
meet  only  upon  call  of  the  chair.  It  happened  that  the 
committee  had  had  before  it  a  bill  which  the  chairman 
did  not  like.  It  was  sponsored  by  certain  women's  clubs, 
and  required  the  Army  to  put  its  superannuated  horses 
and  mules  out  to  pasture  for  life,  instead  of  killing  them 
as  had  been  common  practice.  The  chairman  felt  that  this 
was  sentimental,  and  would  have  none  of  it.  Now  a  bill 
at  that  time  had  to  pass  both  the  House  and  the  Senate 
in  the  same  session.  If  it  passed  the  Senate  and  was  not 
acted  upon  by  the  House  during  a  single  session,  it  died 
and  had  to  be  reintroduced  in  both  houses  at  the  next 
session. 

Minor  bills  of  this  kind  seldom  meet  with  much  oppo- 
sition. What  its  friends  mostly  have  to  contend  with  is 
inertia  due  to  lack  of  interest  on  the  part  of  those  operat- 
ing the  cumbersome  machine  known  as  the  United  States 
Congress.  This  bill  which  meant  so  much  to  workshops 
for  the  blind  and  which  would  bring  to  them  millions  of 
dollars  in  business,  lay  neglected  in  the  files  of  the  com- 
mittee. The  chairman  would  not  say  why  he  would  not 
call  a  meeting,  but  everyone  knew  that  it  was  the  super- 
annuated horse  bill  which  was  the  fly  in  the  ointment.  If 
the  committee  met,  the  pressure  from  women's  clubs 
would  make  it  necessary  for  the  committee  to  act  on 
that  bill.  So  long  as  it  did  not  meet  there  was  little  that 
the  kind-hearted  ladies  could  do  about  it.  While  the  chair- 
man did  not  like  the  old  horse  bill,  he  did  not  care  to 
incur  the  ire  of  some  of  his  feminine  constituents  by 
having  the  bill  reported  unfavorably.  Finally,  however, 

J59 


AS     I    SAW    IT 

sufficient  pressure  was  mustered  to  get  both  bills  re- 
ported out  with  a  recommendation  for  passage. 

Time  was  running  out,  however.  Hundreds  of  bills 
were  on  the  House  calender  awaiting  action.  It  takes  con- 
siderable time  to  get  a  bill  acted  upon  by  the  House. 
Sometimes  it  can  be  disposed  of  in  two  minutes,  some- 
times it  requires  two  days  of  discussion.  In  order  to 
expedite  action,  the  House  has  set  up  a  unanimous  consent 
calendar.  Bills  placed  upon  this  calendar  come  up  for  ac- 
tion twice  a  month.  However,  if  any  bill  on  this  calendar 
comes  up  for  action  and  one  vote  is  cast  against  it,  it 
must  go  over  until  the  next  unanimous  consent  day.  If, 
the  second  time  it  comes  up,  two  votes  are  cast  against  it, 
it  is  killed. 

The  Wagner-O'Day  bill  was  placed  on  the  unanimous 
consent  calendar  and  came  up  for  action  within  two  or 
three  weeks  of  the  end  of  the  session.  Congressman  Ham- 
ilton Fish,  who  usually  favored  bills  benefiting  the  blind, 
for  some  reason  did  not  like  this  bill — probably  because 
it  was  sponsored  by  two  New  Deal  Democrats  from  his 
own  state.  Therefore,  when  it  came  up  he  shouted  from 
the  back  of  the  room  something  about  the  New  Deal  not 
being  satisfied  with  regimenting  everybody  else  "and 
now  it's  trying  to  regiment  the  blind."  Illogical  as  the 
argument  was,  it  constituted  a  vote  against  the  bill. 

There  was  still  a  chance  to  bring  it  up  at  the  next 
unanimous  consent  day.  There  was  to  be  one  more  dur- 
ing the  session.  The  author  tried  to  discuss  the  matter 
with  Mr.  Fish  but  he  was  too  busy.  Mrs.  O'Day  was  ill 
and  unable  to  push  the  bill  herself.  Finally  the  calendar 
committee  met  and,  owing  to  the  pressure  of  bills,  de- 
cided that  no  bill  could  come  up  on  the  last  consent  calen- 

160 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

dar  of  the  session  if  it  had  ever  been  rejected  on  a  former 
day.  This  seemed  to  sink  the  measure. 

The  author,  who  was  responsible  for  presenting  to  the 
members  of  Congress  the  arguments  for  the  bill  went  to 
Speaker  Bankhead  and  asked  for  his  intervention.  Bank- 
head,  knowing  that  Helen  Keller  who  was  born  in  his 
native  state  of  Alabama  was  very  anxious  to  see  the  bill 
passed,  said  that  he  would  help  out  and  suggested  a  pro- 
cedure seldom  resorted  to  in  Congress.  He  proposed  that 
the  congressman  who  had  been  delegated  by  Mrs.  O'Day 
because  of  her  illness  to  look  after  her  bills,  move  on  the 
last  day  of  the  session  that  the  rules  be  suspended  and  that 
this  bill  be  taken  up.  It  would  require  a  two-thirds  vote 
to  suspend  the  rule,  and  when  voted  upon  the  bill  must 
pass  unanimously. 

This  congressman,  being  rather  new  in  Congress,  knew 
very  little  about  the  bill,  knew  less  about  this  special 
procedure,  and  was  very  obviously  nervous  about  the 
whole  matter.  The  author,  who  had  set  his  heart  on 
getting  the  bill  passed,  was  still  more  nervous.  He  went  to 
the  then  Democratic  floor  leader,  Sam  Rayburn,  and 
asked  his  counsel.  Rayburn  assured  him  that  there  was 
no  reason  to  worry  if  the  Speaker  had  promised  to  get 
the  bill  through. 

The  author  had  found  from  bitter  experience  that  con- 
gressmen under  pressure  of  business  too  often  forget  their 
promises  at  the  last  minute,  and  if  Bankhead  should  for- 
get, there  was  nothing  that  could  be  done  about  it  but  to 
start  the  whole  long-drawn-out  procedure  over  again 
next  session. 

The  House,  which  usually  meets  at  noon,  met  around 
nine  o'clock  that  day,  planning  to  adjourn  at  noon.  Bank- 
head  had  promised  the  congressman  who  was  looking 

161 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

after  Mrs.  O'Day's  bills  that  he  would  give  him  a  signal 
when  he  was  to  move  consideration  of  the  bill.  Nine 
o'clock  came,  and  we  were  in  quite  a  tizzy;  9:30  came, 
and  no  signal  from  the  Speaker;  10  o'clock,  no  signal; 
10:30,  no  signal;  11  o'clock,  no  signal.  The  author  went 
to  Rayburn's  office  and  begged  him  to  send  a  note  to 
Bankhead  reminding  him  of  this  bill.  He  was  brushed  off 
with  the  assurance  that  if  the  Speaker  promised  to  take 
care  of  the  bill  he  would  not  forget,  and  it  would  do 
more  harm  than  good  to  remind  him  of  it.  About  1 1:30 
when  the  author,  who  was  sitting  in  the  balcony  on  the 
point  of  collapse,  heard  Mrs.  O'Day's  congressman  ask 
for  the  floor  he  knew  the  long-awaited  signal  had  been 
received.  The  congressman  got  recognition  immediately 
and  proceeded  to  make  a  speech  in  behalf  of  the  bill. 
He  knew  so  little  about  the  measure  that,  on  the  strength 
of  his  speech,  the  author  himself  would  have  voted 
against  it. 

However,  a  blind  congressman  by  the  name  of  Mat- 
thew Dunn  from  McKee's  Rock,  Pennsylvania,  got  up 
and  explained  the  merits  of  the  bill.  A  vote  was  ordered 
by  the  Speaker.  Several  stalwart  Republicans,  not  in- 
cluding Fish,  began  protesting  in  the  rear  of  the  room. 
It  is  doubtful  that  they  knew  what  the  bill  was  about,  ex- 
cept that  it  was  sponsored  by  two  outstanding  New 
Dealers.  The  shouts  of  these  half  dozen  objectors  made 
the  author's  heart  sink  still  further.  Passage  must  be  unani- 
mous. After  a  minute  or  so  of  uproar  from  the  back  of 
the  room,  the  Speaker  banged  on  his  desk  and  pro- 
claimed, "Hearing  no  objection,  I  declare  the  bill  passed." 
The  die  had  been  cast.  Nothing  short  of  a  presidential 
veto  could  then  kill  the  bill.  There  was  no  danger  of  a 

162 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

presidential  veto,  because  Mrs.  Caroline  O'Day  was  a 
close  friend  of  the  Roosevelt  family. 

The  Wagner-O'Day  law  was  soon  put  into  operation. 
A  very  capable  committee  was  appointed.  The  representa- 
tive of  the  public  was  Major  M.  C.  Migel,  known  as  a 
well-informed  and  enthusiastic  friend  of  the  blind.  Ad- 
miral Peebles  was  at  that  time  head  of  the  procurement 
department  upon  which  the  burden  of  making  the  Wag- 
ner-O'Day law  function  properly  must  fall.  The  Navy 
had  never  been  enthusiastic  about  this  particular  law, 
but  the  fact  that  a  retired  admiral  was  in  charge  of  pur- 
chases probably  helped  to  smooth  out  possible  difficulties 
from  that  source  in  the  inauguration  of  the  measure. 

The  success  of  the  Wagner-O'Day  law,  however,  is 
largely  traceable  to  Robert  Le  Fevre,  assistant  to  the 
head  of  the  procurement  department,  then  a  division  of 
the  U.S.  Treasury  Department.  He  took  a  great  interest 
in  the  law  and  in  what  it  would  mean  to  blind  people, 
and  it  was  he  who  smoothed  out  the  rough  places  in 
the  operation  of  this  very  unusual  federal  law. 

The  Wagner-O'Day  law  authorized  the  selection  of  a 
nonprofit  private  agency  to  cooperate  with  the  Federal 
Government  in  making  the  law  work.  The  American 
Foundation  for  the  Blind  was  first  asked  to  take  this 
responsibility;  however,  it  preferred  to  have  an  inde- 
pendent specialized  organization  formed  to  take  over  this 
job.  Therefore  a  nonprofit  organization  was  formed 
under  the  laws  of  New  York  State,  to  be  known  as  Na- 
tional Industries  for  the  Blind,  Inc.  The  board  of  trustees 
of  this  organization  largely  overlapped  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  but 
also  included  several  managers  of  workshops  for  the 
blind.  !   j  ■ 

163 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

Probably  the  whole  success  of  the  operation  of  the 
law  depended  upon  the  man  who  was  to  head  up  the 
National  Industries  for  the  Blind.  If  he  were  unwise  or 
lacking  in  resourcefulness  it  could  still  be  a  failure.  For- 
tunately, there  was  available  Chester  C.  Kleber,  who  had 
for  several  years  supervised  the  WPA  project  which  had 
manufactured  so  many  thousands  of  Talking  Book  ma- 
chines, and  he  was  selected  by  the  Board  as  general  man- 
ager. He  and  Mr.  Le  Fevre  soon  became  close  friends, 
both  fired  with  a  zeal  to  make  this  strange  law  work. 

About  the  time  the  Wagner-O'Day  law  went  into  ef- 
fect, things  were  happening  in  Europe,  and  the  United 
States  began  preparing  for  possible  entrance  into  the 
second  world  war.  This  meant  that  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment was  soon  launched  upon  a  campaign  of  purchasing 
brooms,  mops  and  pillowcases,  to  an  extent  that  work- 
shops for  the  blind  had  never  dreamed  of,  and  all  of  this 
business  could  go  to  them  if  they  wanted  it,  at  the  prices 
set  by  the  Federal  Government  committee.  The  law 
specified  that  this  committee  could  set  a  fair  market  price 
which  the  workshops  for  the  blind  could  take  or  leave, 
as  they  chose.  If  they  did  not  want  to  sell  brooms,  mops 
and  pillowcases  at  the  prices  set,  no  one  would  be  ag- 
grieved and  the  orders  would  be  put  up  for  open  bidding. 
The  committee  decided  that  "  fair  market  price"  did  not 
necessarily  mean  the  lowest  price  possible,  because  it 
might  be  that  some  concern  might  have  a  large  stock  of 
brooms  or  mops,  or  pillowcases,  which  it  was  dumping 
on  the  market.  Therefore,  from  time  to  time  the  price- 
setting  committee  obtained  bids  from  the  public,  and 
upon  the  basis  of  these  bids  and  the  conditions  under 
which  they  were  made,  a  fair  market  price  was  deter- 
mined. This  procedure  protected  the  taxpayer  against 

164 


EARNING     A     LIVING 

exorbitant   prices,   but   also   protected   the   workshops 
against  any  dumping  prices. 

The  workshops  for  the  blind  entered  a  period  of  un- 
precedented activity.  Two  or  three  shops  which  had 
formerly  operated  but  three  or  four  days  a  week  were 
now  running  seven  days  a  week,  twenty-four  hours  a 
day.  The  manufacture  of  pillowcases  had  long  been  one 
of  the  small  activities  of  workshops  for  the  blind.  It  was 
an  industry  which  blind  women  could  work  at,  but  it  had 
always  been  thought  about  in  terms  of  a  few  dozen  items 
rather  than  several  millions.  Ordinary  sewing  machines 
had  been  used  and  no  one  had  been  stimulated  to  find  out 
his  maximum  productivity  possibilities  because  the  shops 
had  had  difficulty  in  selling  the  pillowcases  they  made. 
Now  they  were  confronted  with  orders  for  millions  of 
pillowcases.  Few  shops  for  the  blind  knew  what  their 
costs  would  be  in  quantity  production  and  wanted  to 
try  out  orders  for  ten  thousand  or  so.  Mr.  Kleber  realized 
that  ten  thousand  was  only  a  drop  in  the  bucket  against 
a  million  pillowcase  order.  He  finally  prevailed  upon  Mr. 
Edward  S.  Molineaux,  manager  of  a  workshop  for  the 
blind  in  Brooklyn,  to  undertake  to  make  half  a  million 
pillowcases.  Molineaux's  shop  had  never  made  any  pillow- 
cases before,  but  fortunately  he  had  a  deep  interest  in  the 
blind  and  something  of  the  spirit  of  a  gambler.  He  took 
the  order  for  half  a  million,  without  any  idea  of  how  he 
was  going  to  deliver  the  goods,  or  even  purchase  the  raw 
material.  His  organization  was  not  too  interested  in  tack- 
ling such  a  job,  but  he  prevailed  upon  it  to  allow  him  to 
use  the  organization's  credit  and  purchase  raw  material 
sufficient  to  go  forward  with  the  job.  Probably  no  one 
but  Molineaux  and  Kleber  realized  the  financial  chances 
that  were  being  taken.  Certainly  the  jobber  who  extended 

165 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

the  credit  did  not  realize  it  until  later.  But  it  all  worked 
out  all  right.  The  pillowcases  were  delivered  on  time, 
the  creditors  were  paid.  The  blind  workers  got  a  lot  of 
experience  and  the  outlet  was  saved  as  a  market  for  the 
product  of  hundreds  of  blind  women  workers. 

On  the  basis  of  this  experience,  other  workshops  for 
the  blind  were  willing  to  accept  large  orders  for  pillow- 
cases. Had  Molineaux  not  been  willing  to  take  the  gam- 
ble, or  had  he  failed  to  deliver,  blind  women  of  this  coun- 
try would  never  have  had  the  opportunity  to  earn  the 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  in  wages  which  even- 
tually came  to  them  from  the  government's  pillowcase 
business. 

In  this  case  and  in  others  the  workshops  for  the  blind 
did  well  in  meeting  the  government  specifications,  both 
as  to  quality  of  workmanship  and  time  of  delivery.  Three 
of  them  did  so  well  that  they  received  the  Army  and 
Navy  "E"  for  excellence  of  service.  They  proudly  flew 
their  "E"  flags,  a  privilege  that  less  than  five  per  cent  of 
the  industrial  concerns  of  the  country  enjoyed. 

The  bulk  of  orders  from  the  Federal  Government  are 
for  brooms,  mops  and  pillowcases.  National  Industries 
for  the  Blind  and  the  Federal  Procurement  Department 
are  constantly  studying  government  requirements  in  an 
effort  to  find  a  greater  variety  of  commodities  which 
workshops  for  the  blind  can  supply.  One  unfamiliar  with 
government  purchasing  may  be  surprised  to  learn  the 
variety  of  commodities  purchased.  It  includes  an  amaz- 
ing number  of  various  items,  and  many  of  them  may  be 
produced  by  the  blind. 


166 


THE  IMPORTANCE  OF 

POWER  TO  MOVE  ABOUT 

AT  WILL 


Dr.  Irwin  became  blind  at  the  age  of  five.  He  developed  a 
high  skill  in  getting  about  on  his  own  during  his  years  at 
the  school  for  the  blind  and  during  his  periods  of  attendance 
at  the  University  of  Washington  and  at  Harvard  University . 
He  preserved  this  skill  through  his  active  working  years  and 
commuted  alone  from  his  home  in  New  Jersey  to  the  offices 
of  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  in  New  York 
City.  However,  his  descriptions  of  the  blind  man's  feelings 
of  humiliation  at  being  dependent  on  others  for  getting 
about,  and  of  the  terrors  that  modern  traffic  holds  for  the 
blind  man,  are  expressions  of  his  own  deep  feelings  on  the 
matter. 


elen  Keller  once  said  that  the  heaviest 
burden  on  the  blind  is  not  blindness,  but 
idleness.  This  has  been  quoted  for  a  gen- 
eration by  advocates  of  remunerative  em- 
ployment for  the  blind.  Idleness,  however, 
1!  has  a  much  broader  significance.  Probably 
more  important  than  earning  one's  own  living  is  having 
the  ability  to  move  about  at  will. 

It  takes  no  great  skill  for  a  blind  person  to  learn  to  get 
about  his  own  home  alone,  but  under  modern  traffic  con- 
ditions in  practically  every  community,  it  takes  initiative 
and  intestinal  fortitude  for  a  blind  person  to  go  for  a 
walk  beyond  his  own  gate,  or  go  to  the  neighborhood 
drugstore,  grocer  or  barbershop  unaccompanied.  Those 
who  lose  their  sight  in  later  life,  and  who  in  number 
represent  more  than  half  of  the  blind  population  of  the 
United  States,  are  pretty  likely  to  be  homebound  or  at 
least  dependent  upon  the  kindness  and  generosity  of 
relatives  and  friends  for  making  even  the  shortest  jour- 
neys away  from  home.  The  inability  to  go  forth  alone  at 
will  without  accommodating  oneself  to  the  convenience 
of  one's  associates  is  perhaps  the  greatest  affliction  result- 
ing from  blindness.  To  have  to  ask  a  friend  or  a  busy  mem- 
ber of  the  family  to  go  along  on  the  simplest  of  errands  is 
more  humiliating  than  most  seeing  people  realize  and  hu- 
miliation brings  with  it  a  deep  resentment  at  one's  lot. 

The  advent  of  the  automobile  has  greatly  added  to  the 
blind  man's  difficulties.  Many  a  sightless  person  who  at 

169 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

one  time  travelled  alone  with  ease  has  resigned  himself 
to  idleness  in  the  face  of  the  terrors  of  motor  traffic. 

Fortunate  indeed  is  the  blind  man  who  is  in  a  financial 
position  to  hire  a  guide.  Allowance  for  guide  service 
should  always  be  made  when  the  budget  of  a  sightless 
person  is  calculated  even  when  that  budget  must  be  met 
at  public  expense.  Our  government  has  recognized  that 
blind  people  should  not  be  compelled  to  depend  upon  the 
charity  of  their  neighbors  for  food  and  clothing  but  still, 
in  most  instances,  the  blind  man  must  depend  upon  the 
charity  of  his  associates  when  he  wishes  to  walk  about 
his  neighborhood  in  safety. 

Some  substitutes  for  a  human  guide  have  been  found. 
When  the  first  savage  lost  his  sight  in  the  wilderness,  he 
probably  learned  to  make  good  use  of  his  club  in  getting 
about  from  place  to  place.  The  blind  man  and  his  staff 
have  become  proverbial  since  the  days  of  Greek  mythol- 
ogy and  the  Bible.  The  use  of  the  cane,  however,  has 
received  more  attention  during  the  past  fifty  years  than 
heretofore.  Home  teachers  have  taught  their  pupils  to 
use  a  cane  and  blind  people  have  become  expert  in  mak- 
ing use  of  their  trusty  stick,  but  for  years  few  attempts 
were  made  to  analyze  this  skill  and  teach  any  particular 
method  for  using  it. 

William  Hanks  Levy,  in  1872,  went  into  considerable 
detail  in  his  book  Blindness  and  the  Blind  in  describing 
the  use  of  the  cane.  Richard  E.  Hoover,  when  assigned 
the  responsibility  for  training  the  men  blinded  in  the 
second  world  war  to  travel  about  alone  reduced  the  use 
of  the  cane  to  a  scientific  method  which  was  taught  to 
U.S.  Army  men  who  went  through  training  courses  at 
Valley  Forge  General  Hospital.  Probably  most  of  these 
students  later  modified  Hoover's  method  in  one  way  or 

170 


THE     POWER     TO     MOVE     ABOUT 

another  to  suit  their  own  needs,  but  to  Hoover  should  go 
the  credit  for  insisting  that  the  art  of  traveling  about  with 
a  cane  should  not  be  left  to  the  chance  resourcefulness  of 
each  individual.  His  method  was  not  only  used  at  Valley 
Forge  and  the  U.S.  Army's  Dibble  General  Hospital  but 
for  a  time  regular  courses  were  offered  at  the  Maryland 
School  for  the  Blind  and  elsewhere  for  rehabilitation 
workers.  The  method  has  been  brought  to  a  point  of 
perfection  in  the  instruction  of  blinded  veterans  at  the 
Veterans  Administration  Hospital  at  Hines,  Illinois. 

Long  before  the  second  world  war  certain  blind  people 
desiring  to  be  easily  recognized  as  sightless  in  modern 
traffic  began  carrying  a  white  cane.  It  is  claimed  that  the 
white  cane  movement  originated  in  France  and  soon 
found  its  way  across  the  Channel  to  England.  In  the 
United  States  action  was  first  taken  in  Peoria,  Illinois, 
where  the  first  city  ordinance  requiring  regulation  of  the 
use  of  the  white  cane  was  passed  in  1930.  In  quick  suc- 
cession other  city  ordinances  were  passed  and  soon  laws 
were  enacted  in  a  majority  of  the  states  of  the  Union  re- 
quiring automobile  drivers  to  give  the  right  of  way  to  a 
blind  person  carrying  a  white  stick.  Today,  thousands 
of  autoists  are  quick  to  recognize  the  white  cane  as  an 
indication  that  the  carrier  cannot  use  ordinary  care  in 
avoiding  a  collision. 

Many  blind  people  object  to  carrying  the  white  cane 
as  they  feel  that  it  makes  their  blindness  too  conspicuous 
in  ordinary  social  intercourse.  Most  blind  people  use  the 
cane  as  a  means  of  learning  the  contour  of  the  path  im- 
mediately ahead  of  their  feet.  Tapping  with  the  cane  is 
not  used  by  the  blind  man  to  warn  other  pedestrians  of 
his  approach  in  the  hope  that  they  will  clear  the  way, 
but  is  used,  rather,  to  get  the  echo  from  walls,  buildings, 

171 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

trees,  bushes  and  the  like.  This  echo  tells  him  much  about 
the  character  of  his  surroundings  far  beyond  the  reach  of 
his  cane.  It  greatly  augments  any  information  which  the 
blind  man  may  derive  from  so-called  facial  perception  or 
obstacle  sense. 

The  cane,  however,  is  not  the  only  tool  whose  use  has 
been  greatly  developed  during  the  twentieth  century. 
For  centuries  blind  people  have  traveled  about  with  the 
faithful  dog  which  guides  them  through  many  a  com- 
plicated situation.  Early  in  the  nineteenth  century  Johann 
Wilhelm  Klein  of  Vienna  wrote  a  book  on  the  education 
of  the  blind  describing  a  method  of  training  dog  guides, 
but  there  seems  to  be  no  record  indicating  whether  or 
not  these  trained  guide  dogs  were  actually  ever  put  to 
use.  During  the  first  world  war  a  problem  presented  by 
the  thousands  of  soldiers  who  lost  their  sight  in  the  Ger- 
man army  was  met  by  the  German  Government  by  de- 
veloping a  system  of  training  guide  dogs  for  its  blinded 
veterans.  Four  large  schools  and  many  small  ones  were 
set  up  in  Germany  for  the  training  of  these  dogs  which 
were  provided  without  cost  for  the  blinded  veterans. 

In  1927  Mrs.  Dorothy  Harrison  Eustis,  an  American 
woman,  was  conducting  an  experiment  near  Vevey,  Swit- 
zerland in  the  training  of  dogs  for  various  uses.  Her  ken- 
nels were  known  as  Fortunate  Fields.  Here  she  trained 
dogs  for  the  state  police  and  the  Red  Cross,  and  liaison 
dogs  for  the  Swiss  Army.  These  dogs  were  trained  for 
criminal  trailing,  and  as  prison  and  railroad  yard  guards. 
She  was  filled  with  a  zeal  to  increase  the  dog's  usefulness 
to  man.  When  in  that  year  she  heard  that  schools  in 
Germany  were  training  dogs  as  guides  for  the  blind,  she 
visited  Potsdam  and  other  places  and  studied  their  meth- 
ods. On  November  5,  1927  an  article  by  her  entitled 

172 


THE     POWER     TO     MOVE     ABOUT 

"The  Seeing  Eye"  was  published  in  The  Saturday  Eve- 
ning Post.  This  article  described  the  use  of  the  guide  dogs 
for  the  blind  in  Germany.  She  drew  her  name  from  Prov- 
erbs 20:12  "The  hearing  ear,  and  the  seeing  eye,  the  Lord 
hath  made  even  both  of  them."  This  article  was  read  with 
much  interest  by  many  blind  people  in  America  and  more 
than  one  envisioned  the  dog  as  his  emancipator.  Morris 
Frank,  a  young  blind  insurance  salesman  in  Nashville, 
Tennessee  immediately  communicated  with  Mrs.  Eustis 
to  learn  where  he  could  obtain  such  a  dog  and  expressed 
the  ambition  to  organize  a  training  school  in  the  United 
States  where  such  dogs  might  be  educated  and  provided 
to  blind  people  on  this  side  of  the  water.  Frank  journeyed 
to  Vevey,  Switzerland,  learned  to  use  a  dog  at  Fortunate 
Fields  and  returned  to  the  United  States  a  "free  man." 
The  author  well  remembers  Morris  Frank  calling  him  on 
the  phone  when  he  arrived  in  New  York  on  his  way  to 
Europe.  He  expressed  a  desire  to  call  on  the  writer  but 
was  appalled  by  the  terrors  of  New  York  traffic.  How- 
ever, arrangements  were  made  for  him  to  come  to  the 
American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  in  a  taxi  with  an  es- 
cort. Four  months  later  Frank  again  called  the  author  on 
the  phone  from  the  same  hotel  two  miles  away  and 
made  an  appointment  to  come  to  the  Foundation  an  hour 
later.  Accompanied  only  by  his  dog,  Frank  traveled 
across  the  city  on  foot  to  the  Foundation  offices  and 
after  a  chat  of  an  hour  or  so  returned  alone  with  his  dog 
to  his  hotel  full  of  enthusiasm  for  the  new  day  for  the 
blind. 

Willi  H.  Ebeling,  a  German-American,  who  had  re- 
tired from  business  to  concentrate  upon  his  hobby  of 
breeding  shepherd  dogs,  also  became  interested  in  this 
use  of  his  favorite  animal.  He  joined  forces  with  Mrs. 

173 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


Eustis  and  Elliott  S.  "Jack"  Humphrey,  her  chief  trainer, 
and  soon  The  Seeing  Eye,  a  newly  formed  corporation  not 
for  profit,  was  operating  a  training  school  at  Morristown, 
New  Jersey.  A  Swiss  by  the  name  of  William  Debetaz 
was  brought  over  from  Fortunate  Fields  to  act  as  head 
trainer.  Since  that  time  about  2000  blind  people  have 
been  provided  with  Seeing  Eye  dogs.  No  dog  is  given 
by  the  Seeing  Eye  to  a  blind  person  except  upon  the  pay- 
ment of  $150  which  the  blind  person  has  to  earn.  It  is  felt 
that  by  making  this  requirement  the  blind  master  will 
have  a  greater  appreciation  of  the  value  of  his  dog.  Some- 
times the  payment  of  the  $150  may  be  distributed  over  a 
period  of  several  years  and  the  applicant  is  not  required 
to  wait  until  the  dog  is  entirely  paid  for  before  receiving 
it.  These  dogs  which  are  perhaps  the  best  trained  dogs  in 
the  world  require  about  three  months  of  preliminary 
training  plus  a  month's  training  with  the  master,  all  of 
which  is  carried  on  at  Morristown. 

Those  of  the  Seeing  Eye  insist  that  their  dogs  are  not 
trained,  but  educated,  for  a  dog  is  taught  to  guard  his 
master  even  to  the  extent  of  disregarding  orders  if  by  so 
doing  his  master  is  kept  from  possible  injury.  For  example, 
a  man  and  his  dog  might  encounter  a  hole  in  the  sidewalk. 
The  dog  might  stop  and  the  master  order  him  to  proceed 
forward.  An  educated  guide  dog  will  refuse  to  advance 
but  will  insist  on  going  around  the  hole  and  letting  his 
master  know  that  carrying  out  the  order  to  go  forward 
would  be  dangerous. 

Careful  study  is  exercised  in  the  selection  of  recipients 
of  Seeing  Eye  dogs  as  not  every  blind  person  can  use  a 
dog  guide.  Some  are  too  young,  many  too  old.  Some  do 
not  like  dogs.  According  to  the  Seeing  Eye  people,  less 
than  five  per  cent  of  the  blind  can  use  a  dog  guide.  Great 

174 


THE     POWER     TO     MOVE     ABOUT 

care  is  also  exercised  in  the  selection  of  trainers.  It  is  said 
that  out  of  ten  apprentice  trainers,  about  nine  are  usually 
rejected. 

The  Seeing  Eye  was  the  pioneer  training  school  for 
guide  dogs  in  the  United  States.  In  the  years  following 
other  centers  have  been  established  in  various  parts  of  the 
country  for  the  purpose  of  utilizing  man's  best  friend  in 
this  new  capacity.  Some  of  these  schools  have  given  good 
service  in  their  special  localities,  others  have  been  dis- 
continued. Probably  the  failure  of  many  guide  dog  train- 
ing schools  can  be  attributed  to  incompetent  trainers 
more  than  to  any  other  cause. 


175 


THE   FIGHT 
FOR   SOCIAL   SECURITY 


Special  local  legislation  providing  relief  to  the  needy  blind 
in  the  form  of  direct  financial  assistance  from  public  funds 
has  a  long  history  in  the  United  States.  The  oldest  provision 
of  this  type  is  found  in  a  resolution  passed  in  1866  by  the 
Board  of  Aldermen  and  Board  of  Councihnen  of  New  York 
City,  establishing  a  definite  procedure  for  dealing  with  ap- 
plications from  blind  persons  for  "donations"  from  city 
funds.  The  first  state  law  for  relief  for  the  blind  was  passed 
in  Ohio  in  1898.  This  law  was  later  declared  unconstitu- 
tional^ so  that  Illinois^  so-called  "blind  pension"  law  of 
1903  actually  pioneered  in  establishing  the  principle  of  re- 
lief for  the  blind  from  public  funds.  By  January,  1935 
twenty -six  states  had  passed  similar  legislation. 

In  1935,  with  the  passage  of  the  Social  Security  Act,  the 
Federal  Government  assumed  the  responsibility  of  helping 
the  states  to  provide  assistance  to  the  needy  blind.  In  the 
following  pages  Dr.  Irwin  gives  his  story  of  the  passage  of 
the  Act — a  fight  for  security  for  the  blind  in  which  he  took 
a  very  active  part. 

Since  Dr.  Irwin's  sudden  death  in  1951,  additional  legisla- 
tive measures  have  been  passed  relative  to  financial  aid  to 
the  blind.  In  1952  an  amendment  to  the  Social  Security  Act 
raised  the  federal  maximum  on  the  amount  to  be  paid  to 
blind  individuals  to  $55.00,  out  of  which  the  Federal  Gov- 
ernment pays  four-fifths  of  the  first  $25.00  and  one-half  of 
the  balance  within  the  maximum.  Furthermore,  in  1953 
Nevada  passed  a  law  meeting  the  requirements  for  fed- 
eral-state assistance  to  the  blind.  The  program,  therefore, 
is  now  in  force  in  all  the  states  of  the  Union. 


he  Wagner-Lewis  Bill  (later  known  as 
the  Social  Security  Act)  was  the  founda- 
tion of  the  New  Deal  program  of  economic 
and  social  security.  Unemployment  in- 
surance, old-age  pensions,  maternal  and 
child  welfare,  and  a  program  for  crippled 
children  were  provided  in  the  original  bill,  with  the  Fed- 
eral Government  matching  state  funds  within  certain 
limits.  To  these  provisions  the  American  Foundation  for 
the  Blind  proposed  the  following  additions: 

i.  Eligibility  of  blind  persons  at  the  age  of  fifty  to  the 
benefits  of  the  old-age  pensions  to  which  sighted  per- 
sons are  eligible  at  sixty-five. 

2.  Inclusion  of  "children  with  seriously  defective  vision" 
among  "crippled  children"  for  whom  "facilities  for 
diagnosis  and  care,  hospitalization,  and  after-care"  are 
provided. 

3.  Provision  of  $1,500,000  of  federal  funds  to  supplement 
state  funds  for  work  for  the  blind,  exclusive  of  edu- 
cation of  the  young  blind  and  direct  relief. 

However,  the  amendment  embodying  most  of  these 
suggestions  failed  of  inclusion  in  the  final  act. 

As  the  bill  passed  the  House  of  Representatives  it  con- 
tained no  reference  to  the  blind.  However,  the  Senate 
inserted,  by  committee  amendment,  a  special  section, 
Title  X,  dealing  with  grants  to  states  for  aid  to  the  blind. 
This  Title  X  authorized  an  appropriation  of  $3,000,000 

179 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

for  the  fiscal  year  1936,  and  for  each  year  thereafter,  so 
much  as  might  be  necessary  for  assistance  to  the  states 
through  reimbursement  of  one-half  of  the  state's  expendi- 
tures for  aid  to  the  needy  blind,  always  with  the  pro- 
vision that  the  federal  grant  must  not  exceed  $15.00 
monthly  on  behalf  of  any  one  blind  person.  The  money 
was  to  be  paid  to  states  whose  plan  for  aid  to  the  blind 
had  been  approved  by  the  Social  Security  Board  as  com- 
plying with  certain  requirements  similar  to  the  plan  for 
old-age  assistance.  The  bill  was  reported  to  the  Senate  in 
this  form. 

Senator  Robert  F.  Wagner,  sponsor  of  the  original 
bill,  offered  from  the  floor  of  the  Senate,  at  the  request  of 
Helen  Keller,  a  further  amendment  to  provide  that  one- 
half  of  the  proposed  funds  might  be  used  to  reimburse 
states  for  expenditures  for  "locating  blind  persons,  diag- 
nosing their  eye  conditions,  and  training  and  employment 
of  the  blind"  and  also  providing  that  state  blind  relief 
laws  should  contain  definitions  of  blindness  and  of  need 
acceptable  to  the  Social  Security  Board.  This  amendment 
was  passed  by  the  Senate. 

Since,  however,  the  bill  had  passed  the  House  and  the 
Senate  in  different  forms,  it  was  referred  to  a  joint  con- 
ference committee  of  House  and  Senate  to  have  the  dif- 
ferences removed  by  mutual  agreement.  This  conference 
committee  eliminated  Senator  Wagner's  amendment,  but 
accepted  Title  X  as  formulated  by  the  Senate  committee. 
The  use  of  federal  funds  was  limited  to  reimbursements 
for  state  programs  of  blind  relief.  In  this  form  the  bill 
was  passed  by  both  legislative  bodies  and  was  signed  by 
the  President  on  August  14,  1935. 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Act  does  not  provide  a  direct 
federal  pension  to  blind  individuals,  nor  does  it  directly 

180 


SOCIAL     SECURITY 

increase  the  amount  which  a  state  or  county  pays  to  a 
blind  person.  This  amount  is  based  strictly  on  need.  In 
the  operation  of  the  plan  a  minimum  subsistence  budget 
for  a  blind  individual  is  set  up,  the  resources  required 
to  meet  these  needs  are  calculated  and  the  payments 
of  aid  adjusted,  where  maximums  or  appropriations  per- 
mit, to  bring  the  income  of  the  blind  individual  up  to 
the  amount  of  his  budget  requirements. 

The  principle  of  the  "needs  test"  has  been  the  subject 
of  much  adverse  criticism.  Many  blind  people  and  or- 
ganizations of  the  blind  have  urged  its  abolition  contend- 
ing that  since  most  blind  people  are  indigent  and  since 
careful  investigation  is  very  expensive,  it  is  believed  that 
maintenance  of  machinery  for  the  investigations  will  cost 
more  than  the  amount  saved  by  the  discovery  of  persons 
who  could  get  along  without  the  grant. 

In  the  light  of  some  of  this  criticism  it  is  interesting  to 
note  that  the  American  Association  of  Workers  for  the 
Blind,  Committee  for  Adequate  Relief  appointed  in  1929 
included  in  its  report  of  193 1  the  following  passage: 
"Adequate  relief  from  whatever  source  or  sources  ob- 
tained should  be  adjusted  to  the  needs  of  the  individuals, 
as  determined  by  the  best  scientific  and  social  judgment 
of  the  standards  in  the  community  in  which  the  blind 
person  lives,  rather  than  give  fixed  and  flat  rate  amounts." 

At  the  time  of  the  passage  of  the  Act  twenty-six  states 
had  programs  of  relief  to  the  needy  blind  in  effect  but 
not  one  of  these  programs  met  the  requirements  of  the 
Social  Security  Act.  Some  were  rendered  ineligible  by 
the  stringency  of  their  residence  requirements,  some  by 
the  fact  that  the  blind  relief  was  administered  by  the 
counties  without  supervision  of  a  state  agency,  some  by 
the  fact  that  the  relief  laws  were  not  state-wide  and  man- 

181 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

datory  on  the  counties,  some  because  there  was  no  finan- 
cial participation  by  the  states.  The  prospect  of  receiving 
a  fifty  per  cent  reimbursement  from  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment prompted  these  and  other  states  to  hasten  to  make 
themselves  eligible  for  federal  aid,  either  by  amending 
existing  laws  or  by  passing  new  legislation.  All  states 
with  the  exception  of  Nevada  have  now  come  under  the 
Social  Security  Act.  Missouri  has  joined  the  program,  but 
in  addition  still  pays  a  flat  pension  to  certain  of  its  blind. 
(See  chapter  introductory  remarks.) 

Even  taking  into  consideration  the  lower  cost  of  liv- 
ing at  the  time  as  compared  with  that  of  the  present  day, 
most  grants  in  the  states  having  relief  programs  in  1935 
were  far  from  adequate  to  meet  the  living  needs  of  sight- 
less people.  Many  states,  therefore,  in  their  new  legisla- 
tion and  in  anticipation  of  federal  aid  increased  the  maxi- 
mum limit  of  payments  substantially. 

Some  states,  including  New  York,  removed  the  top 
limit  entirely  leaving  it  to  the  administration  to  give  as 
adequate  relief  as  possible  with  the  funds  available.  The 
states  are  responsible  for  determining  the  amount  of  the 
individual  monthly  grant  based  on  an  investigation  of 
the  needs  of  the  blind  person,  and  may  pay  more  or  less 
than  the  federal  maximum.  However,  the  Social  Security 
Act  has  always  included  a  limit  on  the  amount  of  reim- 
bursement to  the  states  that  the  Federal  Government  will 
give  with  respect  to  any  individual  recipient  of  aid. 

This  has  had  the  effect  of  suggesting  to  the  states  that 
such  an  allowance  is  adequate.  For  example,  if  the  Federal 
Government  reimburses  a  given  fraction  of  any  payment 
up  to  a  maximum  of  $30.00  per  month  on  account  of  any 
individual  there  is  a  tendency  for  the  states  to  limit  the 
amount  of  relief  to  $30.00,  even  though  in  certain  com- 

182 


SOCIAL     SECURITY 

munities  under  certain  conditions  three  times  this  amount 
is  often  inadequate.  For  this  reason  every  time  the  Social 
Security  Act  has  come  up  for  any  amendment,  efforts 
have  been  made  to  increase  the  federal  share  of  expenses. 
The  first  amendment  passed  in  1939  raised  the  amount 
of  possible  Federal  contribution  to  $20.00  per  month, 
still  on  a  fifty-fifty  matching  basis.  The  amendment, 
however,  provided  that  the  Federal  Government  pays 
fifty  per  cent  of  the  administrative  cost. 

As  time  went  by  the  fifty  per  cent  reimbursement  was 
deemed  insufficient  for  many  states  to  carry  on  anything 
like  a  satisfactory  relief  program.  It  was  thought  that 
perhaps  a  plan  could  be  worked  out  based  on  average  in- 
come in  the  various  states  so  that  the  less  prosperous 
states  would  be  reimbursed  up  to  two-thirds  of  their  ex- 
penditures while  in  the  more  prosperous  states  the  re- 
imbursement should  not  exceed  fifty  per  cent.  This  plan, 
however,  was  never  put  into  effect  as  representatives  of 
the  prosperous  states  contended  that  on  a  fifty  per  cent 
reimbursement  basis  they  did  not  receive  back  in  federal 
grants  nearly  as  much  as  they  paid  over  to  the  Federal 
Government  in  taxes. 

Other  ways  were  found  to  help  the  low  income  states. 
In  1946  the  maximum  federal  share  of  the  individual  pay- 
ments to  needy  blind  persons  was  increased  from  $20.00 
to  $25.00  per  month.  This  amendment  also  provided  that 
the  Federal  Government,  instead  of  matching  state  funds 
on  a  fifty-fifty  basis,  would  pay  two-thirds  of  the  first 
$15.00  of  the  average  monthly  payment  to  blind  individ- 
uals and  one-half  of  the  balance  of  all  expenditures  within 
the  $45.00  total  maximum.  Carrying  this  principle  further, 
an  amendment  of  1948  increased  the  maximum  on  indi- 
vidual payments  to  $50.00  per  month,  specifying  that 

183 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

three-fourths  of  the  first  $20.00  of  the  average  monthly- 
assistance  payment  and  one-half  of  the  balance  within 
the  $50.00  total  maximum  would  be  paid  by  the  Federal 
Government.  (See  chapter  introductory  remarks.) 

This  has  had  the  effect  of  easing  the  burden  of  the  low 
income  states,  but  it  has  also  sometimes  had  the  effect  of 
keeping  the  grants  down  to  an  amount  for  which  more 
than  a  fifty  per  cent  reimbursement  would  be  received. 

Ever  since  the  passage  of  the  Social  Security  Act  of 
1935  Congress  has  been  importuned  to  amend  the  law 
so  as  to  extend  the  benefits  of  the  old-age  and  survivors 
insurance  plan  to  cover  blind  people  under  sixty-five 
years  of  age  giving  them  the  same  benefits  that  they  would 
receive  were  they  of  that  age.  Many  other  countries  hav- 
ing social  security  programs  somewhat  resembling  those 
in  the  United  States  have  made  some  such  provision  for 
the  blind,  notably  Canada  and  Great  Britain. 

Another  criticism  brought  against  the  Social  Security 
Act  was  that  it  did  not  permit  sufficient  flexibility  of  ad- 
ministration to  encourage  the  industrial  blind  to  become 
self-supporting.  The  original  Title  X  of  1935  gave  as  its 
purpose  "to  furnish  financial  assistance  to  needy  indi- 
viduals who  are  blind."  The  1939  amendment,  however, 
specified  that  "the  state  agency  shall,  in  determining 
need,  take  into  consideration  any  other  income  of  an  in- 
dividual claiming  aid  to  the  blind." 

In  the  operation  of  the  Act  it  was  argued  that  blind 
people  of  low  productivity  had  little  or  no  incentive  to 
work  when  opportunity  was  afforded.  It  was  pointed  out 
that  many  blind  persons  having  lost  their  sight  in  adult 
life  adjust  themselves  very  slowly  to  working  without 
the  aid  of  sight.  It  was  also  pointed  out  that  when  a  blind 
person  earned  less  than  the  relief  grant  and  when  this 

184 


SOCIAL     SECURITY 

grant  was  reduced  by  the  amount  received  in  remunera- 
tion of  his  labor  he  got  little  besides  physical  exercise  as 
a  result  of  his  efforts.  The  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind,  the  American  Association  of  Workers  for  the 
Blind,  and  the  National  Federation  of  the  Blind  joined 
forces  in  bringing  this  weakness  in  the  law  to  the  atten- 
tion of  Congress.  As  a  result  the  Social  Security  Act 
in  1950  was  so  amended  as  to  permit  states  to  disregard 
up  to  $50.00  per  month  of  a  blind  man's  earnings  when 
calculating  his  resources.  This  amendment  was  permissive 
up  to  1952  after  which  date  it  becomes  mandatory  upon 
states  receiving  federal  reimbursement. 

The  Social  Security  Act  has,  since  its  inception,  been 
criticized  on  the  grounds  that  it  did  not  permit  state  ad- 
ministrators of  relief  to  take  into  account  certain  special 
expenses  which  blind  people  must  incur  as  a  direct  re- 
sult of  their  lack  of  sight.  It  was  pointed  out  that  blind 
people,  unlike  sighted  people  in  the  same  economic  level, 
must  hire  guides,  pay  for  readers,  disburse  many  more 
tips,  resort  to  taxis  instead  of  buses,  pay  more  for  clean- 
ing clothes  in  order  to  be  presentable,  etc. 

This  criticism  has  been  met  in  many  states  by  adminis- 
trative regulations,  though  it  must  be  admitted  that  in 
far  too  many  communities  social  workers  determining 
the  amount  of  aid  to  be  given  have  been  following  too 
slavishly  the  budget  prepared  for  the  far  more  numerous 
recipients  of  old-age  relief  who  enjoy  a  fair  amount  of 
sight  and  therefore  do  not  have  many  of  the  expenses 
which  a  blind  person  must  meet. 

In  1949  a  passage  in  an  amendment  to  the  Social  Se- 
curity Act  required  that  state  administrators  take  into  ac- 
count in  an  individual's  needs  the  special  expenses  arising 
from  blindness.  However,  this  particular  clause  was  elimi- 

185 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

nated  from  the  amendment  when  it  was  finally  passed  by 
Congress  in  1950. 

It  has  also  been  contended  that  since  much  blindness 
could  have  been  prevented  had  society  taken  the  pre- 
cautions which  a  civilized  community  should  have  exer- 
cised, the  state  in  common  justice  should  give  all  blind 
people  a  monetary  allowance  or  pension  which  would 
be  in  the  nature  of  a  compensation  or  handicap  allowance. 
No  legal  action  has  been  taken  on  this  matter. 


186 


THE 

AMERICAN   FOUNDATION 

FOR   THE   BLIND 


Dr.  Irwin  was  Director  of  Research  and  Education  when 
the  Foundation  opened  its  first  modest  offices  in  1923.  hi 
1929  he  became  Executive  Director  of  the  fast-growing 
agency.  For  the  years  of  his  directorship  his  name  was  prac- 
tically synonymous  with  that  of  the  American  Foundation 
for  the  Blind. 


he  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind 
when  promoted  in  192 1  did  not  represent 
a  new  idea.  Mary  Fowler,  as  far  back  as 
1902,  had  dreamed  of  a  national  agency 
for  the  blind.  Certainly  Charles  F.  F.  Camp- 
bell's fertile  imagination  envisioned  a  na- 
tional organization  for  the  blind  as  far  back  as  1906  or 
perhaps  earlier.  His  first  step  in  the  consummation  of 
such  a  dream  was  the  establishment  of  the  Outlook  for 
the  Blind  in  1907.  But  the  country  was  not  ready  for  it 
yet.  Only  a  few  of  the  more  foresighted  among  workers 
for  the  blind  felt  the  need  of  a  national  agency. 

Ten  years  later,  when  "Evergreen,"  the  Red  Cross  In- 
stitute for  the  Blind  at  Baltimore,  Maryland  was  set  up  in 
191 8  for  the  training  of  the  blinded  soldiers  and  sailors  of 
the  first  world  war,  its  sponsors  became  interested  in  con- 
verting it  eventually  into  a  national  organization  for  all 
the  blind.  Foremost  among  the  promoters  of  this  idea 
were  Lieutenant-Colonel  James  Bordley,  Director  of  the 
institute,  L.  W.  Wallace,  his  successor  as  director,  and 
Charles  F.  F.  Campbell,  who  served  on  the  staff  as  assist- 
ant director.  All  of  these  men  were  outspoken  in  their 
efforts  to  show  the  need  for  a  national  agency  such  as 
they  had  in  mind,  and  in  their  criticism  of  existing  con- 
ditions. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  then  leading  schools  for  the 
blind — Perkins,  Overbrook,  and  New  York — had  be- 
come in  the  minds  of  the  general  public  and  also,  perhaps, 

189 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

in  the  minds  of  their  own  managers,  sources  of  informa- 
tion and  inspiration  on  every  phase  of  work  for  the 
blind.  However,  in  the  19 19  Annual  Report  of  Perkins 
Institution,  its  cautious  but  imaginative  Director,  Edward 
E.  Allen,  wrote  in  part: 

"Some  permanent  institute  or  agency  wisely  run  under 
national  auspices  in  trying  out  new,  old  or  even  aban- 
doned fields,  and  for  fitting  the  civilian  blind  to  enter 
them;  also  for  persuading  employers  to  hire  them  without 
prejudice — something  of  this  sort,  the  schools  for  the 
young  blind  which  are  mainly  prevocational  in  aim, 
would  welcome  as  a  much  needed  adjunct  to  their  work." 

Other  influential  voices  were  heard  in  favor  of  the  idea. 
In  1920,  pursuant  to  an  address  by  Mr.  L.  W.  Wallace, 
Director  of  the  Red  Cross  Institute  for  the  Blind,  the 
American  Association  of  Instructors  of  the  Blind  adopted 
the  following  resolution: 

"That  this  Association  would  welcome  the  coopera- 
tion of  some  wisely  organized  agency  for  assisting  and 
improving  the  vocational  education  and  the  employment 
of  the  blind  of  this  country,  such  as  has  been  outlined  at 
this  convention." 

At  about  this  time  the  author,  who  was  then  super- 
visor of  classes  for  the  blind  in  the  public  schools  of 
Ohio,  visited  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia  and  Balti- 
more in  an  effort  to  find  someone  who  would  be  in- 
terested in  setting  up  a  research  organization.  In  Balti- 
more he  had  a  conference  with  his  friend  H.  Randolph 
Latimer  of  the  Pennsylvania  Association  for  the  Blind, 
then  president  of  the  American  Association  of  Workers 
for  the  Blind.  After  some  discussion  of  the  subject,  Mr. 
Latimer  undertook  to  launch  a  movement  to  establish 
an  organization  much  broader  than  a  research  agency, 

190 


THE     AMERICAN     FOUNDATION 

somewhat  in  line  with  what  had  been  proposed  by  Mr. 
Wallace  at  the  American  Association  of  Instructors  of 
the  Blind  convention.  He  envisioned  an  agency  which 
would  not  only  carry  on  research  work  but  would  also 
further  work  for  the  blind  of  all  kinds  through  public 
education,  supplying  technical  counsel  and  encourage- 
ment wherever  it  was  felt  that  such  activities  would  bear 
fruit  in  the  form  of  broader  and  more  efficient  activities 
in  behalf  of  the  blind.  In  order  to  win  the  support  of 
workers  for  the  blind  in  general,  he  proposed  to  build 
the  program  for  the  192 1  convention  of  the  American 
Association  of  Workers  for  the  Blind  around  the  idea  of 
a  national  agency  for  the  blind. 

Prior  to  the  conference  he  arranged  for  a  gathering  of 
a  small  number  of  workers  for  the  blind  at  the  New  York 
Institute  for  the  Education  of  the  Blind  to  discuss  the 
subject.  This  was  attended  by  Mr.  Edward  M.  Van 
Cleve,  Principal  of  the  institute  and  the  host,  O.  H. 
Burritt,  Edward  E.  Allen,  Charles  F.  F.  Campbell  and 
several  other  leaders  in  work  for  the  blind,  including  the 
author.  After  a  day's  discussion  most  of  the  misunder- 
standings and  misgivings  regarding  the  establishment  and 
purpose  of  such  a  national  agency  seemed  to  have  been 
dissipated. 

The  convention  program  aroused  much  enthusiasm  for 
the  project  and  a  committee  was  appointed  with  instruc- 
tions to  take  the  legal  steps  necessary  for  organizing  what 
became  the  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind.  Prac- 
tically no  money  was  available  for  this  organization  but 
it  started  with  at  least  lip-service  backing  from  every- 
body in  work  for  the  blind  in  the  United  States  who  had 
any  influence. 

The  group  naturally  turned  to  Major  M.  C.  Migel,  the 

191 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

well-known  philanthropist,  who  had  financed  the  work 
of  the  Uniform  Type  Committee  and  who,  it  was  be- 
lieved, would  be  interested  in  this  undertaking.  Major 
Migel  was  in  Europe  at  the  time  of  the  meeting  of  the 
board  of  trustees  of  the  infant  organization.  Mr.  Olin  H. 
Burritt  was  elected  president  to  hold  office  until  Major 
Migel  should  return  to  the  United  States  when  it  was 
hoped  that  he  would  take  over  the  duties  of  president. 
To  round  out  the  temporary  official  set-up,  Mr.  Latimer 
consented  to  act  as  temporary  part-time  secretary-general 
pending  the  employment  of  a  full-time  executive. 

Major  Migel  upon  his  return  was  unanimously  elected 
president  to  take  office  in  May  1922.  He  was  very  much 
interested  in  the  project  and  promptly  underwrote  its 
expenses  for  three  years,  at  the  rate  of  $10,000  a  year. 
What  was  more  important,  he  undertook  also  to  induce 
his  friends  to  join  with  him  in  meeting  the  minimum  fi- 
nancial needs  of  the  Foundation  for  a  three  year  period. 
Upwards  of  $30,000  a  year  was  so  raised. 

The  Foundation  offices  were  opened  in  New  York, 
February  1,  1923.  The  executive  organization  was  com- 
pleted with  the  assumption  of  duty  as  director-general 
by  Dr.  Joseph  C.  Nate  and  the  appointment  of  the  author 
as  Director  of  Research  and  Education  and  of  Charles  B. 
Hayes  as  Director  of  Information  and  Publicity  and  Edi- 
tor of  the  Outlook  for  the  Blind,  Under  the  readjustment 
in  1929  of  the  executive  management  the  author  was 
made  executive  director  and  Mr.  Hayes,  retaining  the 
editorship  of  the  Outlook,  was  made  field  director. 
Major  Migel  served  as  president  until  November  30, 
1945  when  he  became  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Wil- 
liam Ziegler,  Jr.  took  over  his  duties  as  president. 

Work  was  begun  immediately  to  raise  money  to  carry 

192 


THE     AMERICAN     FOUNDATION 

on  services  nationwide  in  scope.  This  was  difficult  in  the 
beginning,  but  gradually  friends  were  found  who  were 
willing  to  contribute  small  amounts  annually,  both  to- 
ward the  current  operation  and  toward  the  building  up 
of  an  endowment.  The  board  set  a  goal  of  an  endow- 
ment of  two  million  dollars  and  an  annual  income  for 
operation  purposes  of  $100,000.  At  the  time  money  could 
be  invested  at  around  five  per  cent.  Changes  in  the  value 
of  money  and  the  exceptional  growth  of  the  Foundation 
throughout  the  years  have  caused  a  revision  of  these  early 
plans  and  estimated  figures.  The  annual  budget  of  the 
Foundation  is  now  over  $1,000,000  and  the  endowment 
fund  has  long  since  passed  the  $2,000,000  mark. 

Among  the  enthusiastic  supporters  of  the  Foundation 
from  its  beginning  must  be  mentioned  Helen  Keller  and 
her  teacher  Anne  Sullivan  Macy.  Helen  Keller  in  the 
early  years  conducted  a  series  of  mass  meetings  across 
the  country  to  build  up  what  was  to  be  called  the  Helen 
Keller  Endowment  Fund.  These  meetings  made  thou- 
sands upon  thousands  of  friends  for  the  new  organiza- 
tion, friends  who  have  proved  faithful  supporters  of  its 
program  throughout  the  years.  Later  Miss  Keller  joined 
the  Foundation's  staff  and  serves  as  Counselor  of  Na- 
tional and  International  Affairs.  Her  assistance  in  pro- 
moting legislation  for  the  blind  through  appearances 
before  federal  and  state  legislative  bodies  has  been  inval- 
uable, and  she  has  always  been  ready  to  serve  on  projects 
where  her  wide  influence  would  secure  the  success  of  an 
undertaking. 

The  first  twelve  years  of  the  life  of  the  Foundation 
was  spent  in  rented  quarters.  However,  as  the  agency 
grew  and  new  projects  were  undertaken  the  problem  of 
space  became  more  and  more  acute.  Major  Migel,  as  so 

193 


AS     I     SAW     IT 

often  before,  recognized  this  emergency  and  generously- 
donated  a  new  three-story  building  at  15  West  16th 
Street  to  be  used  as  headquarters,  possession  of  which  was 
taken  on  December  5,  1935.  Since  that  time  the  need 
for  space  has  made  necessary  the  construction  of  an- 
other building  and  the  acquisition  of  more  space  adjacent 
to  the  central  building. 

The  American  Foundation  for  the  Blind  was  estab- 
lished by  action  of  agencies  for  the  blind  and  friends  of 
the  blind  to  fill  the  need  for  a  national  organization  to 
serve  the  interests  of  the  blind  and  to  coordinate  the 
work  done  by  local  agencies  throughout  the  country.  It 
works  in  close  cooperation  with  all  governmental  agen- 
cies, both  federal  and  state.  In  its  discharge  of  duties  it 
scrupulously  makes  referrals  to  state  agencies  and  local 
voluntary  agencies  for  those  services  that  logically  fall 
within  the  scope  of  such  agencies. 

Among  the  activities  of  the  Foundation  can  be  men- 
tioned research,  consultation  and  field  service,  special 
services  to  blind  individuals,  publication  of  professional 
literature,  and  a  special  library  on  work  with  the  blind. 
In  1948,  on  its  25  th  anniversary  as  a  working  agency, 
the  Foundation  reported  in  part  on  its  work  through 
those  years: 

Directly  or  indirectly  the  American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind  has  promoted  the  establishment  of  state  agencies 
for  the  blind  in  more  than  one-half  of  the  states  of  the 
Union. 

It  has  worked  to  improve  the  education  of  the  blind 
through: 

Surveys  of  schools  for  the  blind; 

194 


THE     AMERICAN     FOUNDATION 

The   operation  of   an   experimental  and   demonstration 

school  jointly  with  Perkins  Institution; 
The  conduct  of  a  dramatics  training  project  for  blind 

children; 
The  development  of  educational  Talking  Book  records  for 

blind  children; 
Cooperation  in  the  development  of  measuring  scales  of 

intelligence  and  educational  achievement  tests; 
The  publication  of  a  professional  magazine  and  books  for 

teachers  of  blind  children; 
Higher  education  scholarship  for  promising  young  blind 

students. 

In  other  areas  the  Foundation  has: 

Worked  to  provide  broader  opportunities  for  the  em- 
ployment of  the  blind  through  special  studies  of  occupa- 
tions and  professions  in  which  they  may  excel; 

Obtained  cooperation  of  the  Federal  Government  in 
providing  employment  to  thousands  without  sight,  man- 
ufacturing commodities  for  the  government,  in  which 
they  have  earned  millions  of  dollars  in  wages; 

Cooperated  with  agencies  for  the  blind  in  obtaining  a 
federal-state  relief  system  for  the  blind  which  extends 
monetary  assistance  to  scores  of  thousands  of  needy 
blind  people; 

Aided  in  the  development  of  improved  methods  of  braille 
printing  and  promoted  the  adoption  of  a  uniform  braille 
code  for  the  English-speaking  world; 

Prevailed  upon  the  Federal  Government  to  inaugurate  a 
system  of  library  service  for  the  blind,  and  developed  the 
Talking  Book  for  those  who  because  of  age  or  other 
reasons  cannot  read  braille; 

195 


AS     I    SAW    IT 

Developed  special  appliances  to  minimize  the  handicap 
of  blindness,  such  as  an  improved  braille  typewriter,  high 
quality  Talking  Book  machines,  low  cost  recording  ma- 
chines, scales  for  weighing,  a  thermometer  which  can  be 
read  by  touch,  measuring  devices  which  open  various 
fields  of  employment  for  the  blind,  etc.; 

Obtained  the  cooperation  of  the  railroads  and  buses,  en- 
abling blind  people  to  travel  with  a  guide  upon  the  pay- 
ment of  only  one  fare; 

Provided  special  services  to  the  deaf-blind  and  assisted 
local  agencies  for  the  blind  and  the  deaf  to  give  compre- 
hensive care  to  this  doubly-handicapped  group; 

Maintained  summer  school  courses  and  institutes  for  in- 
service  training  for  workers  with  the  adult  blind; 

Conducted  a  demonstration  summer  vacation  home  for 
blind  women  where  hundreds  of  sightless  women  find 
recreation  and  diversion; 

Given  thousands  of  radios  to  blind  men  and  women  who 
could  not  afford  to  buy  them; 

Made  available  to  the  blind,  at  cost  or  less,  special  watches, 
braille  typewriters,  standard  typewriters,  and  other  spe- 
cial equipment; 

Conducted  during  and  since  World  War  II  a  special 
consultation  service  to  blinded  service  men  and  veterans, 
giving  each  one  a  braille  watch  and  other  special  equip- 
ment not  then  available  from  the  government; 

Arranged  for  national  and  international  conferences  with 
special  reference  to  the  blind,  such  as  a  world  conference 
on  work  for  the  blind,  a  national  conference  on  the  pre- 
school blind  child,  conferences  of  workshop  managers, 
etc.; 

196 


THE     AMERICAN     FOUNDATION 

Conducted  a  special  reference  and  lending  library  of  ink- 
print  books  on  subjects  of  interest  to  workers  for  the 
blind. 

When  quoting  these  excerpts  from  the  twenty-five 
year  report  the  author  is  conscious  of  a  deep  sense  of 
gratitude  to  the  many  friends  of  the  Foundation,  espe- 
cially those  whose  generosity  and  active  service  as  officers 
and  board  members  helped  the  struggling  young  agency 
over  the  first  difficult  years.  There  were  many  of  these 
friends,  and  they  cannot  all  be  listed.  A  special  tribute, 
however,  should  be  paid  to  Miss  Prudence  Sherwin  of 
Cleveland,  who  served  as  vice-president  for  many  years, 
to  Herbert  H.  White,  who  as  treasurer  guided  the  Foun- 
dation finances  in  the  early  years,  and  to  William  Ziegler, 
Jr.  who  even  before  his  assumption  of  the  presidency  of 
the  Foundation  had  proved  himself  a  loyal  friend.  Their 
interest  and  willingness  to  serve  should  be  an  inspiration 
to  the  present  members  of  the  Board  who  now  work 
with  a  new  executive  director.  The  new  executive  is 
Mr.  M.  Robert  Barnett,  a  young  and  energetic  man  who 
had  made  a  name  for  himself  as  head  of  the  Florida  Coun- 
cil for  the  Blind  and  who  succeeded  the  author  in  1949. 

As  a  finish,  it  is  above  all  pertinent  to  say  that  as  one 
looks  back  over  the  years'  effort  to  build  the  organiza- 
tion, one  wonders  how  the  Foundation  could  have  at- 
tained its  present  stature  without  the  imagination  and 
drive  supplied  by  Major  M.  C.  Migel  and  without  the 
active  backing  of  Helen  Keller  who  put  behind  it  all  of 
the  magic  of  her  name. 


197 


INDEX 


INDEX 


Allen,  Edward  E.,  7,  8,  12,  59, 
139,  140,  190,  191. 

American  Association  of  In- 
structors of  the  Blind,  5,  6,  7, 
8,  17,  37,  42,  45,  47,  51,  52, 
5$,  56,  128,  135,  190,  191. 

American  Association  of  Work- 
ers for  the  Blind,  11,  22,  24, 
26,  28,  34,  37,  44,  47,  51,  52, 
56,  121,  181,  185,  190,  191. 

American  Bible  Society,  89, 
139. 

American  Blind  People's  Higher 
Education  and  General  Im- 
provement Association,  21, 
22,  121. 

American  braille,  3,  7,  9-34,  47, 
48,  54,  61,  69,  114,  121. 

American  Braille  Press,  1 19. 

American  Federation  of  Radio 
Actors,  102. 

American  Foundation  for 
Overseas  Blind,  119. 

American  Foundation  for  the 
Blind,  47,  48,  49,  50,  51,  58, 
62,  63,  64,  65,  71,  72,  73,  74, 
86,  87,  91,  92,  93,  94,  95,  96, 
97,  100,  102,  103,  104,  105, 
106,  120,  122,  123,  130,  146, 
158,  163,  168,  173,  179,  185, 
187-197. 

American  Library  Association, 

7i,  72- 
American  Printing  House  for 
the  Blind,  7,  9,  16,  17,  18,  19, 
46,  48,  50,  52,  53,  54,  59,  60, 


63,  65,  69,  74,  75,  77,  94,  95, 

105,  106,  118,  126,  130,  135- 

139. 
Anagnos,  Michael,  7. 
Atkinson,  J.  Robert,  64,  72,  73, 

92. 
Audograph,  93. 
Authors'  League,  94. 
Bankhead,  William  B.,  161,  162. 
Barbour,  William,  101. 
Barnett,  M.  Robert,  197. 
Berinstein,  Benjamin,  11. 
Birchard,  Florence,  150. 
Bledsoe,  John  F.,  11,  123. 
Bledsoe,  Warren,  123. 
Block,  Paul,  112,  113. 
Book   Publishers'   Association, 

94,  95- 

Bordley,  James,  189. 

Braille,  Louis,  4,  5,  6,  7,  10,  35. 

Braille,  2-56. 

Braille  Book  Review,  1 19-120. 

Braille  Institute  of  America,  72, 
73*  92. 

Bramlette,  Edgar  E.,  63. 

Brewster,  John,  100. 

British  and  Foreign  Blind  As- 
sociation, 35. 

British  Braille,  25,  27,  33,  34, 

35*  36,  39>  4°>  4Ji  43>  44*  51- 
British  Braille  Committee,  22, 

24,  35,  55- 
Bryan,  Frank  C,  59,  63. 
Burritt,  Olin  H.,  2,  11,  41,  46, 

191,  192. 


20I 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


California  School  for  the  Blind, 

Hi- 
California  State  Library,  69. 
Campbell,  Charles  F.  F.,  12,  15, 

16,  29,  30,  121-123,  147,  149, 

150,  189,  191. 
Campbell,  Sir  Francis,  12,  55, 

139. 
Canes,  170-172. 
Carnegie  Corporation,  63,  86, 

87. 
Chicago  Public  Library,  69,  70. 
Chicago  Public  Schools,  12,  21, 

128,  129. 
Christian  Record,  120. 
Cincinnati  Library  Society  for 

the  Blind,  70. 
Cleveland  Public  Library,  69. 
Clunk,  Joseph  F.,  150. 
Commission  on  Uniform  Type 

for  the  Blind,  38,  40,  42,  43, 

45,  46,  47- 

Corbett,  William,  87. 

Cowan,  Andrew,  17,  20. 

Craigmillar  School  for  the 
Blind,  Edinburgh,  38. 

Crail,  Joe,  73. 

Crocker  Wheeler  Company, 
148. 

Curtis,  John  B.,  12,  21,  24,  129, 
130. 

Debetaz,  William,  174. 

Dennison  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, 147. 

Dibble  General  Hospital,  171. 

Dunn,  Matthew,  162. 

Dyer,  Frank  L.,  93,  94.  ■ 

Ebeling,  Willi  H.,  173. 

Edison,  Thomas  A.,  86. 

Education   of  the  blind,    125- 

143. 
Eustis,  Dorothy  Harrison,  172- 

174- 


"Evergreen",  189. 
Fish,  Hamilton,  160,  162. 
Florida  Council  for  the  Blind, 

197. 
Ford,  Henry,  148. 
Ford,  John,  8. 
Ford  Motor  Company,  148. 
Fortunate  Fields,  172,  174. 
Fowler,  Elwyn  H.,  24,  28,  37. 
Fowler,  Mary,  28,  31,  32,  37, 

189. 
Frank,  Morris,  173. 
Fraser,  Sir  Ian,  106. 
Free  Library  of  Philadelphia, 

69. 
Gardner's  Trust  for  the  Blind, 

35,  55- 
Gockel,  Joseph,  1 11- 112. 
Goldthwaite,    Lucy    A.,    119, 

120,  123. 
Griffis,  Enid,  123. 
Guide  dogs,  172-175. 
Hall,  Frank  H.,  8,  9,   11,   13, 

128,  129. 
Hall  braillewriter,  64. 
Haiiy,  Valentin,  59. 
Hayes,  Charles  B.,  123,  192. 
Higher  education,  140-143. 
Holmes,  Charles  W.,  22,  24,  30, 

150,  152. 
Holmes,  Walter  G.,  32,  36, 112- 

117. 
Holt,  Winifred,  11. 
The  Home  Teacher,  118. 
Hoover,  President,  73. 
Hoover,  Richard  E.,  170,  171. 
Hopkins,  Harry,  97. 
Howard,  L.  Pearl,  27,  28,  31, 

32,  37- 
Howe,   Samuel   Gridley,    126, 

127,  139. 
Howe  Memorial  Press,  30,  63, 

69. 


202 


INDEX 


Howe  Publishing  Society  for 

the  Blind,  71. 
Humphrey,  Elliott  S.,  174. 
Hun,  Mary,  97. 
Huntoon,  Benjamin  B.,  17,  19, 

20,  55,  5<5,  59,  137- 
Ierardi,  Francis  B.,  11 7- 118. 
Illinois  School  for  the  Blind,  8, 

9,  11,  128,  129. 
Indiana  School  for  the  Blind, 

18. 
International     Committee     on 

Braille   Mathematical  Nota- 
tion, 130. 
International    Conference    on 

the  Blind,  24,  36,  37. 
International    Conference    on 

Work  for  the  Blind,  Vienna, 

49. 
Iowa    State    School    for    the 

Blind,  27. 
Irwin,  Robert  B.,  2,  58,  68,  69, 

84,   no,   126,   146,   168,   178, 

188,  189. 
Jones,  George  W.,  11. 
Junior  Women's  Clubs  of  New 

Jersey,  96. 
Keller,  Helen,  12,  13,  15,  73, 97, 

161,  169,  180,  193,  197. 
Kentucky  School  for  the  Blind, 

135,  137- 
Keppel,  Frederick  Paul,  63,  87. 
Kleber,  Chester  C,  98, 164,  165. 
Kleber,  Jackson  O.,  87,  104. 
Kleidograph,  9,  10. 
Klein,  Johann  Wilhelm,  172. 
Kneass,  Napoleon,  in. 
Kneass's  magazines,  in, 
Knight,  John,  100. 
LaFollette,  Robert  M.,  Jr.,  77. 
Latimer,  H.  Randolph,  27,  37, 

38,  40,  41,  46,  190,  192. 


LeFevre,  Robert,  163,  164. 
Levy,  Carrie  B.,  131. 
Levy,  William  Hanks,  170. 
Library  of  Congress,  31,  52,  53, 

54,  69,  70,  73,  77,  78,  79,  80, 

89,  92,  93,  97,  98,  99,  103,  105, 

119,  120,  138,  139. 
Liechty,  Howard  M.,  117,  123. 
Linetype,  3,  4,  6,  7,  8,  25,  47, 

in. 
Lu  Vera,  112. 
McGill,  Wallace,  121. 
McKay,  Evelyn  C,  123. 
Macy,  Anne  Sullivan,  193. 
Mann,  Thomas,  103. 
Maryland  School  for  the  Blind, 

11,  27,  171. 
Massachusetts  Association  for 

Promoting  the  Interests  of 

the  Blind,  121. 
Massachusetts  Commission  for 

the  Blind,  150. 
Massachusetts  Division  of  the 

Blind,  117. 
Matilda  Ziegler  Magazine  for 

the  Blind,    32,   61,    112-117, 

123. 
Maugham,  W.  Somerset,  103. 
The  Mentor,  121. 
Meyer,  H.  H.  B.,  92. 
Michigan    Employment   Insti- 
tution for  the  Blind,  21. 
Migel,  M.  C,  31,  32,  36,  41, 

97,  i^3,  191-194,  197- 
Migel  Medal  for  Outstanding 

Service   to   the   Blind,    130, 

148. 
Missouri  School  for  the  Blind, 

4,  7- 
Modified  braille,  5-7. 
Molineaux,   Edwards   S.,    165, 

166. 


203 


AS     I     SAW     IT 


Montgomery  Ward  and  Com- 
pany, 151. 

Moon  type,  25,  no. 

Morford,  Eben  P.,  152. 

Muck,  Lee  N.,  24. 

Nate,  Joseph  C,  192. 

National  Braille  Press,  n  7- 118. 

National  Cash  Register  Com- 
pany, 148. 

National  Federation  of  the 
Blind,  185. 

National  Industries  for  the 
Blind,  98,  163,  164. 

National  Institute  for  the  Blind, 
London,  35,  38,  45,  143. 

National  Uniform  Type  Com- 
mittee, 43. 

New  York  Association  for  the 
Blind,  11. 

New  York  Board  of  Educa- 
tion, 12,  13,  16. 

New  York  Institute  for  the 
Education  of  the  Blind,  59, 
60,  191. 

New  York  Institution  for  the 
Blind,  4,  136. 

New  York  Point,  3-34,  47,  48, 
no,  in,  112,  114. 

New  York  Public  Library,  62, 
69,  70,  119. 

New  York  Public  Schools,  10. 

New  York  State  Library,  69, 
70. 

New  York  State  School  for  the 
Blind,  28,  127. 

North  Carolina  School  for  the 
Blind,  55. 

O'Day,  Caroline,  158,  160,  161, 
162,  163. 

Our  Special,  118. 

Outlook  for  the  Blind,  12,  15, 
92,  93,  121-123,  189,  192. 

Overbrook,  60, 61, 189,  see  also, 


Pennsylvania  Institution  for 
the  Instruction  of  the  Blind. 

Pain,  Miss  D.  A.,  51. 

Palmer,  A.  Emerson,  12,  13. 

Pearson,  Sir  Arthur,  43,  47. 

Peebles,  Admiral,  163. 

Pennsylvania  Association  for 
the  Blind,  190. 

Pennsylvania  Institution  for 
the  Instruction  of  the  Blind, 
6,  12,  28,  69,  136,  139,  see  also 
Overbrook. 

Periodicals  for  the  Blind,  109- 

123. 
Perkins    Institution     for    the 

Blind,  5,  6,  7,  12,  22,  30,  59, 

70,  117,   121,  127,   136,   139, 

152,  189,  190,  195. 
Perry,  Newell,  141. 
Physical  education,  139-140. 
Pollak,  Simon,  4. 
Potts,  P.  C,  123. 
Pratt,  Ruth,  72,  73. 
Pratt-Smoot  Act,  68,  72-78. 
Printing  for  the  blind,  7-9,  10, 

The  Problem,  121. 

Public  school  classes,  126-134. 

Radio  Corporation  of  America, 

86,  88,  92,  93,  149. 
Ray,  John  E.,  55. 
Rayburn,  Sam,  161,  162. 
Readaphone,  92,  93. 
Reader's  Digest,  11 8- 119. 
Revised  braille,  21,  35,  42,  44, 

45,  47- 
Rider,  Gertrude  T.,  31,  32. 
Rodenberg,  Louis  W.,  51. 
Roosevelt,  Eleanor,  103. 
Roosevelt,  President,  97. 
Royal  Normal  College  for  the 

Blind,  7,  12,  139. 
Russell,  Miss  H.  C,  38. 


204 


INDEX 


St.    Dunstan's    for    Men    and 

Women    Blinded    in    War 

Service,  43,  106. 
Scourby,  Alexander,  100. 
The  Seeing  Eye,  Inc.,  173-175. 
Sherwin,  Prudence,  197. 
Shotwell,  Ambrose,   21,   24. 
Sibley,  John  T.,  7. 
Smith,  Joel  W.,  5,  6,  7,  121. 
Smoot,  Reed,  72,  73,  77. 
Social  Security  Act,  177-186. 
Society  for  Providing   Evan- 
gelical Religious   Literature 

for  the  Blind,   139. 
Society  for  the  Relief  of  the 

Destitute  Blind,  31. 
Stainsby,  Henry,  40. 
Standard  Dot,  34,  37-40. 
Standard  English  braille,  52. 
Stone,  W.  M.,  38,  39,  40. 
Struthers,  Jan,  102. 
Tactile   Print  Investigating 

Commission,  21,  24. 
Talking  Book,  74-78,  81,  84- 

107,  no,  118,  126,  131,  138, 

195. 
Thompson,  Lincoln,  87. 
Treaty  of  London,  51,  52,  53. 
Uniform  Type  Committee,  11, 

24,  25,  30,  31,  32,  36,  37,  41, 

130,  192. 


Universal  Braille  Press,  64,  72. 
Upson  Nut  Company,  149. 
Valley  Forge  General  Hospi- 
tal, 170,  171. 
Van  Cleve,  Edward  M.,  191. 
V.A.  Hospital,  Hines,  Illinois, 

171.  . 
Virginia  School  for  the  Blind, 

136. 
Vocations  for  the  Blind,  145- 

166. 
Wagner,  Robert  F.,  158,  180. 
Wagner-O'Day  Act,    158-164. 
Wait,  William  B.,  4,  5,  6,  9,  10, 

11,  12,  $6,  59. 
Wallace,  L.  W.,  189,  190,  191. 
The  Weekly  News,  117. 
The  Weekly  Review,  in. 
White,  Herbert  H.,  197. 
Wilson,  George,  18. 
Wisconsin     School     for     the 

Blind,  76. 
Woollcott,  Alexander,  103. 
Works   Progress   Administra- 
tion, 97,  98. 
Workshops  for  the  Blind,  151- 

166. 
World  Conference  on  Work 

for  the  Blind,  50. 
Ziegler,  E.  Matilda,  113,  115. 
Ziegler,  William,  Jr.,  192,  197. 


205 


c.    1 


HV1593 

IfcH     Irwin,   Robert   Benjamin. 

AS    I   SAW   IT.  (1955) 


Date  Due 


a  \ 


Irvrin,  Robert  Benjamin 


AUTHOR 

AS  I  SAW  IT. 


TWZJ 


TITLE 


DATE    DUE 


\ 


L 


BORROWERS    NAME